2^ f~L^ HARVARD UNIVERSITY SO, LIBRARY OF THE Museum of Comparative Zoology {Proceedings of tfit M'biam QitaUmp of Science t904 PROCEEDINGS OF THE Indiana Academy of Science 1904. EDITOR, - - DONALDSON BODINE. ASSOCIATE EDITORS: AMOS BUTLER, W. S. BLATCHLEY, C. H. ElGENMANN, P. N. EVANS, LYNN B. MCMULLEN, THOMAS GRAY, JOHN S. WRIGHT. INDIANAPOLIS, IND. 1905. INDIANAPOLIS: Wm. B. Burford, Printer. 1905. THE STATE OF INDIANA, Executive Department, February 15, 19L5. Received by the Governor, examined and referred to the Auditor of State for verification of the financial statement. Office of Auditor of State, \ Indianapolis, February 15, 1905. j The within report, so far as the same relates to moneys drawn from the State Treasury, has been examined and found correct. D. E. SHERRICK, Auditor of Slate. February 15, 1905. Returned by the Auditor of State, with above certificate, and transmitted to Secretary of State for publication, upon the order of the Board of Commissioners of Public Printing and Binding. UNION B. HUNT, Private Secretary. Filed in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Indiana, Febru- ary 15, 1905. DANIEL E. STORMS, Secretary of State. Received the within report and delivered to the printer February 15, 1905. THOS. J. CARTER, Clerk Printing Bureau. (3) TABLE OF CONTENTS. PAGE An act to provide for the publication of the reports and papers of the Indiana Academy of Science 6 An act for the protection of birds, their nests and eggs 7 Officers, 1904-1905 9 Committees, 1904-1905 10 Principal officers since organization 11 Memorial 12 Constitution 13 By-Laws 15 Members, Fellows 16 Members, non-resident 17 Members, active 18 List of foreign correspondents 22 Program of the Twentieth Annual Meeting 28 Report of the Twentieth Annual Meeting of the Indiana Academy of Science 32 Report of the Spring Meeting of 1904 32 Papers presented at the Twentieth Annual Meeting 33 Index 315 AN ACT TO PROVIDE FOR THE PUBLICATION OF THE REPORTS AND PAPERS OF THE INDIANA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE. [Approved March II, 1895.] Whereas, The Indiana Academy of Science, a chartered scientific association, has embodied in its constitution a provision that it will, upon the request of the Governor, or of the several departments of the State government, through the Governor, and through its council as an advisory body, assist in the direction and execution of any investigation within its province, without pecuniary gain to the Academy, provided only that the necessary expenses of such investigation are borne by the State; and. Whereas, The reports of the meetings of said Academy, with the several papers read before it, have very great educational, industrial and economic value, and should be preserved in permanent form; and Whereas, The Constitution of the State makes it the duty of the General Assembly to encourage by all suitable means intellectual, scien- tific and agricultural improvement; therefore, Section 1. Be it enacted by the General Assemhlij of the ^ , ,. .. , ^ ^ ' Publication of ^tate of Indiana, That hereafter the annual reports of the the Reports of ,. i-iiTj- «i J! c^ • !•• the Indiana meetings ot the Indiana Academy of Science, beginning . , , * J » » » Academy of with the report for the year 1894, including all papers of Science, scientific or economic value, presented at such meetings, after they shall have been edited and prepared for publication as hereinafter provided, shall be published by and under the direction of the Commissioners of Public Printing and Binding. Sec. 2. Said reports shall be edited and prepared for publication without expense to the State, by a corps of Editing Reports, editors to be selected and appointed by the Indiana Acad- emy of Science, who shall not, by reason of such services, have any claim against the State for compensation. The form, style of binding. paper, typography and manner and extent of illustration of Number of such reports, shall be determined by the editors, subject printed to the approval of the Commissioners of Public Printing Reports. and Stationery. Not less than 1,500 nor more than 3,000 copies of each 6 of said reports shall be published, the size of the edition within said limits to be determined by the concurrent action of the editors and the Commissioners of Public Printing and Stationery: Provided, That not to exceed six hundred dollars ($600) shall be expended for '^°^''°' such publication in any one year, and not to extend beyond 1896: Provided, That no sums shall be deemed to be appropriated for the year 1894. Sec. 3. All except three hundred copies of each volume Disposition Qf gaj(j reports shall be placed in the custody of the State of Reports. Librarian, who shall furnish one copy thereof to each pub- lic library in the State, one copy to eacli university, college or normal school in the State, one copy to each high school in the State having a library, which shall make application therefor, and one copy to such other institutions, societies or persons as may be designated by the Academj' through its editors or its council. The remaining three hundred copies shall be turned over to the Academy to be disposed of as it may determine. In order to provide for the preservation of the same it shall be the duty of the Custodian of the State House to provide and place at the disposal of the Academy one of the unoccupied rooms of the State House, to be designated as the office of the Indiana Academy of Science, wherein said copies of said reports belongin^^ to the Academy, together with the original manuscripts, drawings, etc., thereof can be safely kept, and he shall also equip the same with the necessary shelving and furniture. Sec. 4. An emergency is hereby declared to exist for mergency. ^^^ immediate taking effect of this act, and it shall there- fore take effect and be in force from and after its passage. AN ACT FOR THE PROTECTION OF BIRDS, THEIR NESTS AND EGGS. [Approved March 5, 1891.] Section 1. Be it enacted by the General Asseinbli/ of the State of Indiana, That it shall be unlawful for any person ^^ ^' to kill any wild bird other than a game bird, or purchase, offer for sale any such wild bird after it has been killed, or to destroy the nests or the eggs of any wild bird. Sec. 2. For the purpose of this act the following shall be considered game birds: the Anatidse, commonly called ^™^ swans, geese, brant, and river and sea ducks; the Rallida?, commonly known as rails, coots, mudhens, and gallinules; the Limicolse, commonly known as shore birds, plovers, surf birds, snipe, woodcock and sand- pipers, tattlers and curlews; the Gallina?, commonly known as wild turkeys, grouse, prairie chickens, quail, and pheasants, all of which are not intended to be affected by this act. Sec. 3. Any person violating the provisions of Section 1 of this act shall, upon conviction, be fined in a sum not ^'^^ ^' less than ten nor more than fifty dollars, to which may be added im- prisonment for not less than five days nor more than thirty days. Sec. 4. Sections 1 and 2 of this act shall not apply to Permits any person holding a permit giving the right to take birds or their nests and eggs for scientific purposes, as provided in Section 5 of this act. Sec. 5. Permits may be granted by the Executive p ... Board of the Indiana Academy of Science to any properly Science. accredited person, permitting the holder thereof to collect birds, their nests or eggs for strictly scientific purposes. In order to obtain such permit the applicant for the same must present to said Board written testimonials from two well-known scientific men certifying to the good character and fitness of said applicant to be entrusted with such privilege, and pay to said Board one dollar to defray the necessary expenses attending the granting of such permit, and must file with said Board a properly executed bond in the sum of two °^ hundred dollars, signed by at least two responsible citizens of the State as sureties. The bond shall be forfeited to the State and Bond the permit become void upon proof that the holder of forfeited. 8 • - : such permit has killed any bird or taken the nests or eggs of any bird for any other purpose than that named in this section, and shall further be subject for each offense to the penalties provided in this act. Sec. 6. The permits authorized by this act shall be Two V 6 ViT S in force for two years only from the date of their issue, and shall not be transferable. Sec. 7. The English or European House Sparrow ir s o prey, (p^gger domesticus), crows, hawks, and other birds of prey are not included among the birds protected by this act. Sec. S. All acts or parts of acts heretofore passed in c s repea e . (^o^fli^j^ -with the provisions of this act are hereby repealed. Sec. 9. An emergency is declared to exist for the im- Emergency. mediate taking effect of this act. therefore the same shall be in force and effect from and after its passage. OFFICERS— 1904-1905. PRESIDENT, JOHN S. WRIGHT. VICE-PRESIDENT, ROBERT HESSLER. SECRETARY, LYNN B. Mcmullen. ASSISTANT SECRETARY, J. H. RANSOM. PRESS SECRETARY, G. A. ABBOTT. TREASURER, WILLIAM A. McBETH. EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE. John S. Wri«ht, Robert Hessler, Lynn B. McMullen, J. H. Ransom, G. A. Abbott, William A. McBeth, Carl L. Mees, Willis S. Blatchley, Harvey W. Wiley, M. B. Thomas, D. W. Dennis, C. H. ElGENMANN, C. A. Waldo, Thomas Gray, Stanley Coulter, A^ios W. Butler, W. A. NOYE-, J. C. Arthur, J. L. Campbell,* O. P. Hay, T. C. Mendenhall, John C. Branner, J. P. D. John, John M. Coulter, David S. Jordan. cuhators. BOTANY J. C. Arthur. ICHTHYOLOGY C. H. Eigenmann. HERPETOLOGY ^ MAMMALOGY I Amos W. Butler. ORNITHOLOGY J ENTOMOLOGY W. S. Blatchley. Deceased. 10 COMMITTEES, 1904-1905. Lynn B. McMullen, J. H. Ransom, J. C. Arthur, Thomas Gray, John S. Wright, PROGRAM. John S. Wright, MEMBERSHIP. R. L. Lyons, NOMINATIONS. A. S. Hathaway, AUDITING. STATE LIBRARY. A. J. BiGNEY, A. L. Foley. W. A. McBeth. W. J. Moenkhaus. A. J. Bigney. O. L. Kelso. LEGISLATION FOR THE RESTRICTION OF WEEDS. M. B. Thomas, D. M. Mottier, C. C. Deam. PROPAGATION AND PROTECTION OF GAME AND FISH. C. H. ElGENMANN, A. W. BUTLER, GLENN CuLBERTSON. EDITOR. Donaldson Bodine, Wabash College, Crawfordsville. O. H. ElGENMANN, Stanley Coulter, DIRECTORS OF BIOLOGICAL SURVEY. Charles R. Dryer, M. B. Thomas, J. C. Arthur. RELATIONS OF THE ACADEMY TO THE STATE. C. A. Waldo, William Watson Woollen, R. W. McBride, G. W. Benton. GRANTING PERMITS FOR COLLECTING BIRDS AND FISHES. A. W. Butler, D. W. Dennis, W. J. Moenkhaus. DISTRIBUTION OF THE PROCEEDINGS. Thomas Gray, L. J. Rettger, John S. Wright, Donaldson Bodine, H. L. Bruner. 11 7 a XT. 1/ ■/. XI c c d P o o c ,=. W K m < a • iH 1-5 p. a s S 1-5 1-^ c 1 c o; a PI PI p PI P! P m ih v. "3 'o "o coo o o o m m xfi o o "3 p a; pq o pq ffl a 0. fU p. P^ p. < < Ph PL p- p. ^ Eh' H H H -< ^ <5 H c c d d c C C ^ ^ ^ ^ t-5 1-5 I-; 1-5 1-5 ^ ^ ^ i p p PI c c o o c H P fl 0 r 1^ a . « o (L n o o o P- p. W W W ,o 2 ^ & ,c ^ ^ 03 ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ <5 < < c c d d d -< < < Ph a © a> o P-I c e C5 0 0 0 C5 0 d d << ' — ' — ■ . 0 u "0 PI fl > > a; 0, as 0) O P3 o m E c a o H o o o p p P 0 0 0 CJ fl 0 0 xn (^t 2i!^ tK J ta D ta : bj " Hi "o "5 o o >^ p: p: p: Pi xs. rc m T3 Ph P5 0 ^i^ 1-5 1-5 1-5 1-5 < ^' < C3 0 0 W W S^ <■ <1 <5l <^ H H W O P O P t-5 1-5 - ^ u F-< U (-i u (h M • 0 03 o Oi OJ ^ 0) 0) ^ o "^ ■^ "ti; ti t- ^ .0 3 0 P! "rt l=! C3 C3 0 0 o tl u bl w 1 w J be be bt bt •^ g w m m pq pq PQ m pp s s ^ ^ ^ ^ ^1 ^ (-1 1 ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ N ^ N ^ rn rAJ r/i r/i r/5 r/j in r/j in oi m" 02 00 o o § § O o CO O o < a C PI PI ^ 0 rt 0 0 1=1 O ^ 6 E a £ a £ E g "n ?i Ti 7> 7i 3 7i 'o 7? -5j -< *3l 0 ^7 00 o Ci 1-H o «c r- r/o 05 Q ^ (M CO •^ QC ;x 00 c: 05 05 05 C5 05 05 C5 05 ^ o O o o s 'H ii X 00 00 X X X X X X X X X s OS I— 1 OS l-H OS OS In lEjenTcrrmnx John Lyle Campbei^l Born, Salem, Indiaua, October 13, 1827. Died, Orawfordsville, Indiana, September 7, 1904. President Indiana Academy Science, 1891-1892. 12- 13 CONSTITUTION. ARTICLE I. Section 1. This association sliall be called the Indiana Academy of Science. Sec. 2. The objects of this Academy shall be scientific research and the diffusion of knowledge concerning the various departments of science; to promote intercourse between men engaged in scientific work, especially in Indiana; to assist bj' investigation and discussion in devel- oping and making known the material, educational and other resources and riches of the State; to arrange and prepare for publication such reports of investigation and discussions as may further the aims and objects of the Academy as set forth in these articles. Whereas, the State has undertaken the publication of such proceed- ings, the Academy will, upon request of the Governor, or of one of the several departments of the State, through the Governor, act through its council as an advisory body in the direction and execution of any investigation within its province as stated. The necessary expenses incurred in the prosecution of such investigation are to be borne by the State; no pecuniary gain is to come to the Academy for its advice or direction of such investigation. The regular proceedings of the Academy as published by the Slate shall become a public document. ARTICLE II. Section 1. Members of this Academy shall be honorary fellows, fellows, non-resident members or active members. Sec. 2. Any person engaged in any department of scientific work, or in original research in any department of science, shall be eligible to active membership. Active members may be annual or life members. Annual members may be elected at any meeting of the Academy; they shall sign the constitution, pay an admission fee of two dollars. 14 and thereafter an annual fee of one dollar. Any person who shall at one time contribute fifty dollars to the funds of this Academy may be elected a life member of the Academy, free of assessment. Non-resident members may be elected from those who have been active members but who have removed from the State. In any case, a three- fourths vote of the members present shall elect to membership. Appli- cations for membership in any of the foregoing classes shall be referred to a committee on application for membership, who shall consider such application and report to the Academy before the election. Sec. 3. The members who are actively engaged in scientific work, who have recognized standing as scientific men, and who have been members of the Academj^ at least one year, may be recommended for nomination for election as fellows by three fellows or members per- sonally acquainted with their work and character. Of members so nominated a number not exceeding five in one year may, on recom- mendation of the Executive Committee, be elected as fellows. At the meeting at which this is adopted, the members of the Executive Com- mittee for 1894 and fifteen others shall be elected fellows, and those now honorary members shall become honorary fellows. Honorary fel- lows may be elected on account of special prominence in science, on the written recommendation of two members of the Academy. In any case a three-fourths vote of the members present shall elect. ARTICLE III. Section 1. The officers of this Academy shall be chosen by ballot at the annual meeting, and shall hold office one year. They shall con.sist of a President, Vice-President, Secretary, Assistant Secretary. Press Secretary, and Treasurer, who shall perform the duties usually pertaining to their respective offices and in addition, with the ex-Presi- dents of the Academy, shall constitute an Executive Committee. The President shall, at each annual meeting, appoint tAvo members to be a committee which shall prepare the programs and have charge of the arrangements for all meetmgs for one year. Sec. 2. The annual meeting of this Academy shall be held in tlie city of Indianapolis within the week following Christmas of each year, unless otherwise ordered bv the Executive Committee. There shall 15 also be a siiinmor luoL^tiiig at such time and place as may be decided upon by the Executive Committee. Other meetings may be called at the discretion of the Executive Committee. The past Presidents, together with the officers and Executive Committee, shall constitute the Council of the Academy, and represent it in the transaction of any necessary business not specially provided for in this constitution, in the interim between general meetings. Sec. 3. This constitution may be altered or amended at any annual meeting by a three-fourths majority of the attending members of at least one year's standing. No question of amendment shall be decided on the day of its presentation. BY-LAWS. 1. On motion, any special department of science shall be assigned to a curator, whose duty it shall be, with the assistance of the other members interested in the same department, to endeavor to advance knowledge in that particular department. Each curator shall report at such time and place as the Academy shall direct. These reports shall include a brief summary of the progress of the department during the year preceding the presentation of the report. 2. The President shall deliver a public address on the morning of one of the days of the meeting at the expiration of his term of office. 3. The Press Secretary shall attend to the securing of proper news- paper reports of the meetings and assist the Secretary. 4. No special meeting of the Academy shall be held without a notice of the same having been sent to the address of each member at least fifteen days before such meeting. 5. No bill against the Academy shall be paid without an order signed by the President and countersigned by the Secretary. 6. Members who shall allow their dues to remain unpaid for two years, having been annually notitied of their arrearage by the Treasurer, shall have their names stricken from the roll. 7. Ten members shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. 16 MEMBERS. FELLOWS. R. J. Aley *1898 Bloomington. Frank M. Andrews 1904 Bloomington. J. C. Arthur 1893 Lafayette. George W. Benton 1896 Indianapolis. A. J. Bigney 1897 Moore's Hill. A. W. Bitting 1897 West Lafayette. Donaldson Bodine 1899 Crawfordsville. W. S. Blatchley 1893 Indianapolis. H. L. Bruner 1899 Irvington. Severance Burrage 1898 Lafayette. A. W. Butler 1893 Indianapolis. J. L. Campbell** 1893 " Crawfordsville. Mel. T. Cook 1902 Santiago, Cuba. John M. Coulter 1893 Chicago, 111. Stanley Coulter 1898 Lafayette. Glenn Culbertson 1899 Hanover. D. W. Dennis 1895 Richmond. C. R. Dryer 1897 Terre Haute. C. H. Eigenmanu 1893 Bloomington. Percy Norton Evans 1901 West Lafayette. A. L. Foley 1897 Bloomington. Katherine E. Golden 1895 Lafayette. M. J. Golden 1899 Lafayette. W. F. M. Goss 1893 Lafayette. Tliomas Gray 1893 Terre Haute. A. S. Hathaway 1895 Terre Haute. W. K. Hatt 1902 Lafayette. Robert Hessler 1899 Logansport. H. A. Huston 1893 Lafayette. Edwin S. Johannott 1904 Terre Haute. Arthur Kendrick 1898 Terre Haute. Robert E. Lyons 1896 Bloomington. W. A. McBeth 1904 Terre Haute. 'Date of election. "'Deceased. 17 V. F. Marsters 1893 Bloomiugton. C. L. Mees 1894 Terre Haute. J. A. Miller 1904 Bloomiugton. W. J. Moenkhaus 1901 Bloomiugton. Joseph Moore *1896 Riclimoud. D. M. Mottier 1893 Bloomington. J. P. Navlor 1903 Greencastle. W. A. Noyes 1893 Washington, D. C. J. H. Ransom 1902 Lafayette. L. J. Rettger 1896 Terre Haute. J. T. Scovell 1894 Terre Haute. Alex Smith 1893 Chicago, 111. W. E. Stone 1893 Lafayette. Jo.seph Swain 1898 Swarthmore, Pa. M. B. Thomas 1893 C^a^yfordsville. C. A. Waldo 1893 Lafayette. F. M. Webster 1894 Champaign, 111. Jacob Westlund 1904 Lafayette. H. W. Wiley 1895 Washington, D. C. John S. Wright 1894 Indianapolis. NON-HESIDENT MEMBERS. George H. Ashley Charleston, S. C. M. A. Brannon Grand Forks, N. D. J. C. Branner Stanford University, Cal. D. H. Campbell Stanford University, Cal. A. Wilmer Dutf Worcester, Mass. B. W. Everman Washington, D. C. Cliarles H. Gilbert Stanford University, Cal. C. W. Green Stanford University, Cal. C. W. Hargitt Syracuse, N. Y. O. P. Hay New York City. Edward Hughes Stockton, Cal. O. P. Jenkins Stanford University, Cal. D. S. Jordan Stanford University, Cal. J. S. Kingsley Tufts College, Mass. ''Date of election. 2— A. 01' Science, '04. 18 D. T. MacDougal Bronx Park, New York City. T. O. Mendenhall Worcester, Mass. Alfred Springer Cincinnati, Ohio. L. M. Underwood New York City. Robert B. Warder Washington, D. C. Ernest Walker Clemsou College, S. C. A CTIVE MEMBERS. George Abbott Indianapolis. George C. Ashman Frankfort. Edward Ayres Lafayette. Edward Hugh Bangs Indianapolis. Walter D. Baker Indianapolis. Arthur M. Banta Franklin. J. W. Beede Blooniington. William N. Blanchard Greencastle. Edwin M. Blake Lafayette. Lee F. Bennett Valparaiso. Charles S. Bond Richmond. Fred. J. Breeze Delphi. E. M. Bruce Weston, Oregon. Herman S. Chamberlain Indianapolis. E. J. Chansler Bicknell. Otto O. Clayton Geneva. Howard W. Clark Chicago, 111. George Clements Crawf ord.sville. Charles Clickener Silverwood, R. D. No. 1 . U. O. Cox Mankato, Minn. William Clifford Cox Columbus. J. A. Cragwall Crawf ordsville. Albert B. Crow Charleston, 111. M. E. Crowell Franklin. Edward Roscoe Cumings Bloomington. Alida M. Cunningham Alexandria. Lorenzo E. Daniels Indianapolis. H. J. Davidson Baltimore, Md. Charles C. Deam Blufftou. 19 Martha Doan Westfield. J. P. Dolau Syracuse. Herman B. Dorner Lafayette. Hans Duden ludiauapolis. Frank R. Eldred Indianapolis. M. N. Elrod Columbus. Samu.el G. Evans Evansville. Carlton G. Ferris Big Rapids, Mich. E. M. Fisher Urmeyville. Wilbur A. Fiske Richmond. W. B. Fletcher Indianapolis. Austin Funk New Albany. Jolin D. Gabel Montpelier. Charles W. Garrett Logansport. Robert G. Gillum Terre Haute. Vernon Gould Rochester. Walter L. Halm Bascom. Victor Hendricks Indianapolis. Mary A. Hickman Greencastle. John E. Higdon Indianapolis. Frank R. Higgins Terre Haute. S. Bella Hilands Madison. John J. Hildebrandt Logansport. J. D. Hoffman Lafayette. Allen D. Hole Richmond. Lucius M. Hubbard South Bend. John N. Hurty Indianapolis. C. F. Jackson . . Greencastle. Alex. Johnson Ft. Wayne. Ernest E. Jones Kokomo. Wm. J. Jones, Jr West Lafayette. Chancey Juday Boulder, Colo. O. L. Kelso Terre Haute. Norton A. Kent Crawfordsville. Charles T. Knipp Champaign, 111. Henry H. Lane Lebanon. William E. Lawrence Richmond. V. H. Lockwood Indianapolis. 20 Robert Wesley McBride Indianapolis. Rousseau McClellan Indianapolis. Richard C. McClaskey Terre Haute. Lynn B. McMullen Indianapolis. Edward G. Maliin [ West Lafayette. James E. Manchester Vincennes. Olark Mick Ihdianapolis. W. G. Middleton .Richmond. H. T. Montgomery .' South Bend. Walter P. M'organ Terre Haute. Fred Mutchler Terre Haute. Charles E. Newlin Irvington. John Newlin West Lafayette. John F. Newsom Stanford University, "Cal. R. W. Noble Chicago, 111. D. A. Owen Franklin. Rollo J. Peirce Indianapolis. Ralph B. Polk Greenwood. James A. Price Ft. Wayne. Frank A. Preston Indianapolis. A. H. Purdue Fayetteville, Ark. Rolla R. Ramsey Bloomington. Ryland Ratliff Danville. Albert B. Reagan Marietta, Wash. Allen J. Reynolds Peru. Giles E. Ripley Decorah, Iowa. George L. Roberts Greensburg. D. A. Rotlirock Bloomington. John F. Schnaible Lafayette. . E.A. Schultze Ft. Wayne. John W. Sheplierd Terre Haute. Claude Siebenthal Indianapolis. J. R. Slouaker Madison, Wis. C. Piper Smith Leland Stanford, Cal. Retta E. Spears Elkhart. J. M. Stoddard Indianapolis. Charles F. Stegmaier Greensburg. William Stewart Burlington, Vt. 21 William B. Streeter Indianapolis. Frank B. Taylor Ft. Wayne. J. F. Thompson Richmond. 0. H. Underwood Indianapolis. A. L. Treadwell Oxford, Ohio. Daniel J. Troyer Goshen. A. B. Ulrey North Manchester. W. B. Van Gorder Worthington. Arthur C. Veatch Rockport. H. S. Voorhees Ft. Wayne. J. H. Voris Huntington. Frank B. Wade Indianapolis. Daniel T. Weir Indianapolis. B. O. Waldemaier West Lafayette. Fred C. Whitcomb Delphi. William M. Whitten South Bend. Neil H. Williams Terre Haute. William Watson Woollen Indianapolis. J. F. Woolsey Indianapolis. Lucy Youse Terre Haute. Charles Zeleny Bloomington. Fellows 53 Non-resident members 20 Active members 126 Total 199 22 LIST OF FOHEIGN COREESPOIS DENTS. AFRICA. Dr. J. Medley Wood, Natal Botanical Gardens, Berea Durban, South Africa. South African Philosophical Society, Cape Town, South Africa. ASIA. China Branch Royal Asiatic Society, Shanghai, China. Asiatic Society of Bengal, Calcutta, India. Geological Survey of India, Calcutta, India. Indian Museum of India, Calcutta, India. India Survey Department of India, Calcutta, India. Deutsche Gesellschaft, fiir Natur- und Volkerkunde Ostasiens, Tokio, Japan. Imperial University, Tokio, Japan, Koninklijke Naturkundige Vereeniging in Nederlandsch-Indie, Batavia, Java. Hon. D. D. Baldwin, Honolulu. Hawaiian Islands. EUROPE. v. R. Tschusizu Schmidhoffen, Villa Tannenhof, Halle in Salzburg, Austria. Herman von Vilas, Innsbruck, Austria. Ethnologische Mittheilungen aus Ungarn, Budapest, Austro-Hungary. Mathematische und Naturwissenschaftliche Berichte aus Ungarn, Buda- pest, Austro-Hungary. K. K. Geologische Reichsanstalt, Vienna (Wien), Austro-Hungary. K. U. Naturwissenschaftliche Gesellschaft, Budapest, Austro-Hungary. Naturwissenschaftlich-Medizitiischer Verein in Innsbruck (Tyrol), Aus- tro-Hungary. Editors "Termeszotrajzi Fuzetk," Hungarian National ]\Iuseuni. Buda pest, Austro-Hungary. Dr. Eugen Dadai, Adj. am. Nat. Mus., Budapest. Austro-Hungary. 23 Dr. Julius von Madarasz, Budapest, Austro-Hungary. K. K. Naturliistorisches Hofmuseum, Vienna (Wien), Austro-Hungary. Ornithological Society of Vienna (Wien), Austro-Hungary. Zoologisclie-Botanisclie Gesellschaft in Wien (Vienna), Austro-Hungary. Dr. J. von Csato, Nagy Enyed, Austro-Hungary. Botanic Garden. K. K. Universitiit, Wien (Vienna), Austro-Hungary. Malacological Society of Belgium, Brussels, Belgium. Royal Academy of Science, Letters and Fine Arts, Brussels, Belgium. Royal Linnean Society, Brussels, Belgium. Societe Beige de Geologie, de Paleoutologie et Hydrologie, Brussels, Belgium. Societe Royale de Botanique, Brussels, Belgium. Societe Geologique de Belgique, Liege, Belgium. Royal Botanical Gardens, Brussels, Belgium. Bristol Naturalists' Society, Bristol, England. Geological Society of London, London, England. Dr. E. M. Holmes, British Pharm. Soc'y, Bloomsbury Sq., London, W. C, England. Jenner Institute of Preventive Medicine, London, England. The Librarian, Linnean Society, Burlington House, Piccadilly, London W., England. Liverpool Geological Society, Liverpool, England. Manchester Literary and Philosophical Society, Manchester, England. "Nature," London, England. Royal Botanical Society, London, England. Royal Kew Gardens, London, England. Royal Geological Society of Cornwall, Penzance, England. Royal Microscopical Society, London, England. Zoological Society, London, England. Lieut.-Col. John Biddulph, 43 Charing Cross, London, England. Dr. G. A. Boulenger, British Mus. (Nat. Hist.), London, England. F. DuCane Godman, 10 Chandos St., Cavendish Sq., London, England, Mr. Howard Saunders, 7 Radnor Place, Hyde Park, London W., England. Phillip L. Sclater, 3 Hanover Sq., London W., England. Dr. Richard Bowlder Sharpe, British Mus. (Nat. Hist.), London, England. Prof. Alfred Russell Wallace, Corfe View, Parkstone, Dorset, England. 24 Botanical Society of France, Paris, France. Ministerie de I'Agricnltnre, Paris, France. Society Entomologique de France, Paris, France. L'Institnt Grand Ducal de Luxembourg, Luxembourg, Lux., France. Soc. de Horticulture et de Botan. de Marseille, Marseilles, France. La Soc. Linneenne de Normandie, Caen, France. Societe Linneenne de Bordeaux, Bordeaux, France. Soc. des Naturelles, etc., Nantes, France. Zoological Society of France, Paris, France. Baron Louis d'Hamonville, Meurtlie et Moselle, France. Pasteur Institute, Lille, France. Museum d'Histoire Naturelle, Paris, France. Bontanischer Verein der Provinz Brandenburg, Berlin, Germany. Deutsche Geologisclie Gesellscliaft, Berlin, Germany. Entomologischer Verein in Berlin, Berlin, Germany. Journal fiir Ornitliologie, Berlin, Germany. Prof. Dr. Jean Cabanis, Alte Jacob Strasse, 103 A., Berlin, Germany. Augsburger Naturbistorischer Verein, Augsburg, Germany. Count Hans von Berlspen, Miinden, Germany. Braunsclnveiger Verein fiir Naturwissenschaft, Braunsch^Yeig, Germany. Bremer Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein, Bremen, Germanj'. Ornitbologiscber Verein Miinclien, Tbierscbstrasse, 37Vi!, Miincben, Ger- many. Eoyal Botanical Gardens, Berlin W., Germany. Kaiserlicbe Leopoldiscbe-Caroliniscbe Deutsche Akademie der Naturfor- scber, Halle a Saale. Wilbemstrasse 37, Germany. Koniglich-Sacbsiscbe Gesellscliaft der Wissenscbaften, Matliematisch- Physiscbe Classe, Leipzig, Saxony, Germany. Naturbistoriscbe Gesellscliaft zn Hanover, Hanover, Prussia, Germany. Naturwissenscliaftlicber Verein in Hamburg, Hamburg, Germany. Verein fiir Erdkunde, Leipzig, Germany. Verein fiir Naturkunde, Wiesbaden, Prussia. Belfast Natural History and Philosoi)bical Society, Belfast, Ireland. Royal Dublin Society, Dublin. Royal P.ofanic Gardens, (rlasncvin. County Dublin, Ireland. 25 Societa Entomologica Italiana, Florence, Italy. Prof. H. H. Giglioli, Museum Vertebrate Zoology, Florence, Italy. Dr. Alberto Perugia, Museo Civico di Storia Naturale, Genoa, Italy. Societa Italiana de Scienze Naturali, Milan, Italy. Societa Africana d'ltalia, Naples, Italy. Deir Academia Pontifico de Nuovi Lincei, Rome, Italy. Minister of Agriculture, Industry and Commerce, Rome, Italy. Rassegna della Scienze Geologiclie in Italia, Rome, Italy. R. Comitate Geologico d'ltalia, Rome, Italy. Prof. Count Tomasso Salvadori, Zoolog. Museum, Turin, Italy. Royal Norwegian Society of Sciences, Throndhjem, Norway. Dr. Robert Collett, Kongl. Frederiks Univ. Christiana, Norway. Academia Real des Sciencias de Lisboa (Lisbon), Portugal. Comite Geologique de Russie. St. Petersburg, Russia. Imperial Academy of Sciences, St. Petersburg, Russia. Imperial Society of Naturalists, Moscow, Russia. Jardin Imperial de Botanique, St. Petersburg, Russia. The Botanical Society of Edinburgh, Edinburgh, Scotland. John J. Dalgleish, Brankston Grange, Bogside Sta., Sterling, Scotland. Edinburgh Geological Society, Edinburgh, Scotland. Geological Society of Glasgow, Scotland. John A. Harvie-Brown, Duniplace House, Larbert, Stirlingshire, Scotland. Natural History Society, Glasgow, Scotland. Philosophical Society of Glasgow, Glasgow, Scotland. Royal Society of Edinburgh, Edinburgh, Scotland. Royal Physical Society, Edinburgh, Scotland. Royal Botanic Garden, Edinburgh, Scotland. Barcelona Academia de Ciencias y Artes, Barcelona, Spain. Royal Academy of Sciences, Madrid. Spain. Institut Royal Geologique de Suede, Stockholm, Sweden. Societe Entomologique a Stockholm, Stockholm, Sweden. Royal Swedish Academy of Science, Stockholm, Sweden. 26 • ; Naturforschende Gesellschaf t, Basel, Switzerland. Naturforschende Gesellschaft in Berne, Berne, Switzerland. La Societe Bontanique Suisse, Geneva, Switzerland. Societe Helvetique de Sciences Naturelles, Geneva, Switzerland. Societe de Physique et d'Historie Naturelle de Geneva, Geneva, Switzer- land. Concilium Bibliograpbicuni, Ziiricli-Oberstrasse, Switzerland. Naturforschende Gesellschaft, Zurich, Switzerland. Schweizerische Botanische Gesellschaft, Zurich, Switzerland. Prof. Herbert H. Field, Ziirich, Switzerland. AUSTRALIA. Llnnean Society of New South Wales, Sidney, New South Wales. Royal Society of New South Wales, Sidney, NeAV South Wales. Prof. Liveridge, F. R. S., Sidney, New South Wales. Hon. Minister of Mines, Sidney, New South Wales. Mr. E. P. Ramsey, Sidney, Noav South Wales. Royal Society of Queensland, Brisbane, Queensland. Royal Society of South Austraha, Adelaide, South Australia. Victoria Pub. Library, Museum and Nat. Gallery, Melbourne, Victoria. Prof. W. L. Buller, Wellington, New Zealand. NORTH AMERICA. Natural Hist. Society of British Columbia, Victoria, British Columbia. I Canadian Record of Science, Montreal, Canada. McGill University, Montreal, Canada. Natural Society, Montreal, Canada. ' Natural History Society, St. Johns, New Brunswick. , Nova Scotia Institute of Science, Halifax, N. S. Manitoba Historical and Scientific Society, Winnipeg, Manitoba. Dr. T. Mcllwraith, Cairnbrae, Hamilton, Ontaria. The Royal Society of Canada, Ottawa, Ontario. : Natural History Society, Toronto, Ontario. i Hamilton Association Library, Hamilton, Ontario. Canadian Entomologist, Ottawa, Ontario. j Deportment of Marine and Fisheries, Ottawa. Ontario. ; Ontario Agricultural College, Guelph, Ontario. j i I \ 27 Canailiau Institute, Toronto. Ottawa Field Naturalists' Club, Ottawa, Ontario. University of Toronto, Toronto. Geological Survey of Canada, Ottawa, Ontario. La Naturaliste Canadian, Chicontini, Quebec. La Naturale Za, City of Mexico. Mexican Society of Natural History, City of Mexico. Museo Nacional, City of Mexico. Sociedad Cieutifica Antonio Alzate, City of Mexico. Sociedad Mexicana de Geograpliia y Estadistica de la Republica Mexi- cana, City of Mexico. WEST INDIES. Botanical Department, Port of Spain, Trinidad, British West Indies. Victoria Institute, Trinidad, British West Indies. Museo Nacional, San Jose, Costa Rica, Central America. Dr. Anastasia Alfaro, Secy. National Museum, San Jose, Costa Rica. Rafael Arango, Havana, Cuba. Jamaica Institute, Kingston, Jamaica, AVest Indies. The Hope Gardens, Kingston, Jamaica, West Indies. Estacion Central Agronomica Departments de Patologia, Santiago de las Vegas, Cuba. SOUTH AMERICA. Argentina Historia Natural Florentine Amegline, Buenos Ayres, Argen- tine Republic. Musee de la Plata, Argentine Republic. Nacional Academia des Ciencias, Cordoba, Argentine Republic. Sociedad Cientifica Argentine, Buenos Ayres. Museo Nacional, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil. Sociedad de Geographia, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil. Dr. Herman von Jhering, Dir. Zool. Sec. Con. Geog. e Geol. de Sao Paulo, Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil. Deutscher Wissenschaftlicher Verein in Santiago, Santiago, Chili. Societe Scientitique du Chili, Santiago, Chili. Sociedad Guatemalteca de Ciencias, Guatemala, Guatemala. 28 PHOORAM OF THE Twentieth annual ivleetinq OF THE Indiana Academy of Science, SHORTRIDGE HIGH SCHOOL. INDIANAPOLIS, November 25, 1904:. OFFICERS AND EX-OFFICIO EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE. CARL L. MEES, President. J. H. RANSOM, Assistant Secretary. GLEVN CULBERTSON, Vice-President. (1. A. ABBOTT, Press Secretary. JOHN S. WRIGHT, Secretary. W. A. McBETH, Treasurer. AV. S. Blatchley, Thomas Gray, 0. P. Hay, H.W.WiLKY, Stanley Coulter, T. C. Mendknhall, M. B. Thomas, Amos W. Butler, John C. Branner, D.W.Dbxnis, AV.A.Noyes, J. P. D. John, C. H. Eigenmann, J.C.Arthur, John M. Coulter, C.A.Waldo, J.L.Campbell, David S. Jordan. The sessions of the Academy will be held in the Shortridge High School. The Presi- dent's address will be given in the auditorium of the Shortridge High School. Headquarters will be at the English Hotel. A rate of f2.00 and ui> per day, American plan, will be made to all persons who make it known at the time of registering that they are members of the Academy. Reduced railroad rates for the members can not be secured under the present ruling of the Traffic Association. Many of the colleges can secure special rates on the various roads. PROGRAM COMMITTEE. George W, Benton, Indianapolis. John S. Wright, Indianapolis. Katherine E. Golden, Lafayette. GENERAL PROGRAM. Thursday. Novrmiser 24. Meeting of Executive Committee at Hotel Headqunrters 8:00 p. m. Friday, Novemuer 25. General Session 9:00 a. m. President's Address 11:00 a.m. General Session, followed by Sectional Meetings 2:C0p.m. 29 LIST OF PAPERS TO BE READ, ADDRESS BY THE RETIRING PRESIDENT, CAKL L. MFKS, At U o'clock Friday morning, at Shortridge High School. Subject: "Electricity and Matter; Recent Developments." The following laperswill be read in the order in which they appear on the program, except that certain paperd will be presented "paiv! pr(»«« " in sectional meetings. When a paper is called and the reader is not present, it will be dropped to the end of the list, unless by mutual agreement an exchange can be made with another whose time ig approximately the fame. A\here no time was sent with the papers, they have been uniformly assigned ten minutes. Opportunity will be given after the reading of each paper for a brief discussion. N. B.—By the order of the Academy, no paper can be read until an abstract of its contents or the xoritten paper has been placed in the hands of the Secretary. GENERAL. 1. City Dust- -Cause and Efl'eet, 15 m Robert Hessler 2. Old Water Power Mills of Carroll County, 10 m Frtd J. Breeze 3. Photography for the Nature Student (illustrated by the stereoptieon), 20 m. Benjamin W. Douglass •■'4. The Rosebud Indian Celebration, 10 m Albert B. Reagan PHYSICS, MATHEMATICS, ASTRONOMY AND PHYSIOGRAPHY. 5. A Device for Determining the Period of a Pendulum, 5 m Herman S. Chamberlain 6. Some Experiments with a Simple Jolly Balance, 10 m Lynn B. McMullen 7. "N"-Rays, 15 m Roll a R. Ramsey and W. P. Haseman 8. Electro-Magnetic Induction in Different Conductors, 10 m. Arthur L. Foley and C. A. Evans 9. Interference Fringes from the Path of an Electric Discharge, 5 m. Arthur L. Foley and J. H. Haseman 10. On the Deformation of Surfaces Referred to a Conjugate System of Lines, 10 m. Burke Smith 11. Warped Surfaces with two Distinct Rectilinear Directrices, 10 m C. A. Waldo 12. A New Form of Mathematical Models, 10 m C.A.Waldo 13. Measures of Some Neglected Pairs of Double Stars, 5 m John A. Miller 14. An Esker in Tippecanoe County, Indiana, 10 m W. A. McBeth 15. Notes on the Mississippi Delta, 15 m W. A. McBeth 15a. The Newtonian Idea of the Calculus, 20 m A. S. Hathaway 30 ETHNOLOaY. ''*16. The CliffDwellers of Arizona, 10 m Albert B. Reagan 17. All Saints' Day at Jeniez, New Mexico, 10 m Albert B. Reagan 18. The Penitenties, 10 m Albert B. Reagan 19. The Matachina Dance, 10 m Albert B. Reagan 20. The Moccasin Game, 10 m Albert B. Reagan 21. The Apache Medicine Game, 10 m Albert B. Reagan 22. The Apache Ceremonies Performed Over the Daughter of C 30, 10 m. Albert B.Reagan BOTANY AND ZOOLOGY. ^"'23. A Heronry near Rushville, Indiana, 5 in D. \V. Dennis '■'24. Notes from the Indiana State Forestry Reservation, 10 m Charles Piper Smith ■*25. Notes Upon Some Little Known Members of the Indiana Flora, 10 m. Charles Piper Smith '■'■'■'26. Pollination of Campanula Americana, 3 m Moses N. Elrod 27. Additions to the Indiana Flora, 5 m Charles C. Deam 28. Physiological Apparatus for Botany, 10 m Frank M. Andrews 29. On the Nomenclature of Fungi Having Many Fruit Forms, 15 m J. C. Arthur 30. Amphispores of the Grass and Sedge Rusts, 15 m J. C. Arthur 31. Preliminary Notes on the North American Species of the Genus Cuscuta I by abs tracts 10 m Stanley Coulter 32. The Poisonous Plants of Indiana, 10 m Stanley Coulter 33. Birds and Fraits, 10 m A. W.Butler 34. The Selerenchymatous Tyloses in Brosimum Aubletii, 10 m Katherine E. Golden 35. The Etlect of Environment on the Action of Cytase, 10 m Katherine E. Golden 36. Additions to the Flora of Marion County, Indiana, 3 m Benjamin W. Douglass '"'•'■37. Additions ti the List of Gall Producing Insects, common to Indiana (abstract), 5 m Mel T. Cook '■'Not presented. ■■By title. 31 EDITORIAL NOTICE. All members of the Academy will doubtless be ready to assist in any efforts put forth having in view correct and early publications of the Proceedings. To this end the following conditions of publication are announced by the editor: 1. All papers to be included in the report of 1901 must be in the hands of the editor not later than December 10, 1904. 2. All papers should be typewritten as far as the nature of the subject will allow. 3. All tracings and maps should be drawn to correspond with the size of the page of the Proceedings, and must come within the following limits : 434x7 inches. If necessary it may be made to cover two pages, or measure 83^x11 inches. 4. Authors are especially renuested to carefully mark and number all illustrations, and to carefully indicate in the MSS. the exact location of such illustrations. 5. To insure proper representation of mathematical work, authors are particularly cautioned to send in carefully traced figures on separate paper. 6. The limits of the appropriation require that all illustrations shall be in one color, and either photographs or etchings. As a consequence, all illustrations must be in black and white. 32 THE TWENTIETH ANNUAL MEETING OF THE INDIANA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE. Tlie twentieth annual meeting of the Indiana Academy of Science was held in Indianapolis, Thursday and Friday, November 24 and 25, 1904. Thursday at 8 p. m. the Executive Committee met in session at hotel headquarters. President Carl L. Mees, at 9 a. m. Friday, called the Academy to order in general session in the assembly hall of the Shortridge High School. The transaction of routine and miscellaneous business occupied the atten- tion of the Academy until II a. m., when the retiring President, Carl L. Mees, delivered an address upon : ♦ ' Electricity and Matter ; Recent De- velopments." Following this address came an adjournment until 2 p. m., when papers of general interest were presented before the Academy as a whole. From 3:30 to 5 p. m., the time for adjournment, sectional meet- ings were held. THE SPRING MEETING OF 1904. The spring meeting of 1904 was held at Indianapolis, Thursday and Friday, April 28 and 29. On Thursday evening an informal meeting was arranged at the Com- mercial Club. The principal topic for discussion was the interference of the Academy's set date of meeting with the dates usually chosen by t'^^ American Association for tlie Advancement of Science. Tlie point was finally settled by making the date of the 1904 winter meeting November 24 and 25. Friday morning most of the members of the Academy attended the meetings of the Indiana Science Teachers' Association. Friday noon the Indianapolis members were the hosts at a luncheon at the Commercial Club. Later various excursions were enjoyed by varioiis members, some visit- ing the Kingan packing plant, others the Central Hospital for the Insane, and still other enthusiasts tramped over the country north and northeast of Indianapolis, under the leadership of W. S. Blatchley, studying the geological and botanical features of that district. 33 City Dust — Cause and Kffkct. Robert Hesslkk. This paper is in line -with oue read a year ago on "Cold and Colds" and is leally a continuation of the same subject. The influence of dust on the health of man is, however, such a vast one that in a brief paper lilie this only one or two phases can be taken up. In a general way we can say that dust is a product and an accompani- ment of civilization. There are of course special kinds of dust with whose production man has nothing to do, such as the dust of sandy deserts, volcanic dust, and the dust arising along the trails of animals going to salt licks, etc., but in a general way the terms dust and man go together. Dust is solid matter in a state of fine division, so fine that it can 'be wafted or blown about by the Avind. Among primitive people there is little dust, their mode of life forbids its formation and their nomadic or out of door existence prevents its accumulation. Paradoxical as it may seem, the amount of dust in a modern city is not an index of a high degree of civilization, no more than is the presence of dirt and filth or its accumulation in a house an index of a high social standing of a family. In a general waj- it may be said that accumulation of dust in a city is the result of the ignorance of common sanitary laws, of apathy on the part of the citizens, and rt bad politics in those having the man- agement of municipal affairs. A housewife who allows dust to accu- mulate is said to be slovenly; a tidy housekeeper is one who gets rid of the dust as soon as possible and does not allow it to acctimidate. "We have not yet reached a point where we can make similar distinctions be- tween cities— we simply speak of one place being less dirty than another. Cosmopolitan travelers tell us hoAV clean some people and their cities are and how the streets correspond witli the interior of their houses. The Japanese and the Dutch seem to stand at the head of the list, but I have no doubt that in the cotirse of time other nations will reach the same standard of cleanliness, and, I may add, of general health. Kinds of Dust: Confining ourselves to the kinds of dust due to the activity of man and disregarding special or rare kinds, such as factory dust, for instance, we can in a general Avay distinguish two kinds. 3— A. OF Science, "04. 34 1. Common country road dust, due to the attrition of solid matter— the hoofs of the horse and the wheels of the vehicle on the road material, the stone or gravel or merely the common dirt. This kind of dust is mixed with only a small amount of other, vegetable, matter, the drop- pings of horses chiefly. From a sanitary standpoint it is not very ob- jectionable, although it may be so esthetically. 2. City dust, the dust of the sanitarian, the dust par excellence. City dust has "a complex composition. Most of it comes from the droppings of horses and originally existed in the form of hay, oats and corn. The fine- ness of the particles depends on the length of time it remains on the street to be pulverized by trafiic. The wear of the street paving material under the horse's hoof and of vehicles adds an appreciable amount; more is added by litter falling from passing wagons, or is brought in from the mud roads adhering to the wheels. Soot, due to the imperfect com- bustion of coal, lends character to the citj' dust and in our American cities there is much of it. especially during the cold season of the year. Man himself adds not a little directly: the wear and tear of clothing and the shedding of epidermal scales adds a minute quantity— and much comes from his moutli. in the form of tobacco juice, saliva, and the abnormal secretions due to an unhealthy condition of the mucous mem- branes. City dust acquires peculiar propos'ties on this account and thus making it differ radically from all other forms of dust. More might be said on the causation of dust, but much more can be said concerning its influence or effects, and to this I will now turn. Effects of Dust: The most noticeable effect of city dust is that it makes a city, its houses and inhabitants, look dirty. The dust is Ijlown all about and settles over everything, indoors and out, and the house- wife is kept busy trying to keep things looking clean. There is an old saying about an ill wind that blows nobody good. The laundryman flourishes in a dusty city, clean linen means frequent laundering. The doctor flojrishes because dust means sickness and disease. "There is good money in that for me," a phj-sician remarked, as a dense cloud of dust was seen coming down the street. But the indi- vidual, par excellence, benefited is the patent medicine man; he flourishes exceedingly in a dusty city and his nostrums are in great demand. Now this brings up a phase of city life and of the city dust ques- tion tliat is rarely considered. The scientist who has no medical educa- tion and no iiracticni experience witli iiilnients and diseases can not 35 fully realize the importance of the subject, while, ou the other hand, the average physician pays too little attention to the scientific but non- medical aspects of it. As a matter of fact most physicians are so dis- gusted with the subject, and patent medicines are in such bad repute with them, that they think it beneath their dignity to notice it— and so the patent medicine man flourishes unmolested. But, it will be argued, if the patent medicine man flourishes that is evidence that his wares are in demand; if there were no demand he would not flourish. Of course. The law of demand and supply might be quoted. It might also be said that reading maketh a full man— but that hardly applies to the reader of the patent medicine advertisements in the newspapers. Consulting the Literature: Every Avorker in science knows what it means to look up the literature of, a subject. "Consulting the literature," is a common expression. Now Avhen it comes to the kind of literature just referred to we need not look far nor long to find it. The very first newspaper or magazine you get hold of will be full of it. Did you ever examine, not to say study, such advertisements? Can it be said of the man who does not and can not read that he is keeping back the progress of his race in its attempts to solve the problems that are con- stantly arising as man gets farther and farther away from the condition of primitive man? The man who reads patent medicine literature for the purpose of getting valuable or useful information is certainly to be pitied. In a general way patent medicines and the names of common ail- ments, not to say diseases, go together; the one presupposes the other. Ailments and diseases fall into groups, likewise do patent medicines and their advertisements. If it can be shown that in some of our dusty cities in which the spitting habit prevails three-fourths of the patent medicines are advertised for ailments directly due to the inhalation of city dust, Ave at once see the importance of the question of pure and impure air and we dimly realize the effects of the dust. We all know that life depends on the oxidation of organic substances used as food, enabling us to keep up bodily activities. Oxidation means the use of air. Pure air is an important factor in determining health; A'ery impure air can not sustain life and partially impure air may place the l)ndy at a disadvantage in the struggle Avith its surroundings. 36 Indiviiliially susceptibility to impure air difi'ers widely. AVhen impure air is badly borne and bodily functioning is not carried on normally, we speak of ill-health and disease. Disease may result from the use of bad air, and in a general way, bad air means air contaminated l)y dust, as already mentioned. Ailments and diseases have a cause, just lilce all other phenomena in this world. Some diseases are due to parasites, the preying of one form of life upon another. Some forms of life flourish only at the expense of human beings and are constantly transferred from one person to another. Some diseases and their causes are always among us. such as consump- tion and malaria; others come and go, as cholera and yellow fever. Some diseases are transferred mainly through the drinking water, as typhoid fever and cholera; other diseases are propagated by the bite of the mos- quito, as j-ellow fever and malaria. Some diseases are transmitted through the agency of dust, and hence vr( speak of air-borne diseases. like tuberculosis, pneumonia, bronchitis and the like. Some diseases are well defined and can be readily diagnosed, such as those just mentioned; others are obscure and their causes ill-detiiUHl. In a general way it may be said that the names of diseases and ailments in common use are names of ill-defined application, that is. there is nothing definite about them, and they are not used in the best medical literatiu-e of today. The words "cold," "biliousness," "catarrh," "rheu- matism," and the like, do not express anything definite. Air-borne diseases like tuberculosis and pneumonia are known as specific diseases due to a definite cause; if the cause is absent then the effect, the disease, will also be absent. Ailments are minor affections and are not always due to some one definite cause: headache or a pain in the arm are ailments and may arise from a variety of causes. It is scarcely necessary to make any specific reference to the science of bacteriology— which concerns itself with what are popularly known as "germs," or to the number of established facts which it eml)races. Any- one arguing in opposition to bacteria as a cause of diseases will not even get a respectful hearing from a qualified bacteriologist— it seems to him a waste of time. A man might as well deny the theory of univers;ii gi'avita- tion as to deny the germ theory of disease. Ailments Due to Infected Dust: Inhaling city dust may liring on a variety of ailments, as well as definite diseases. City residents may com- plain of various pains and aches during or after the prevalence of a dust 37 storm oi' afti.'!- having )ioeu contined to a room or hall with a dusty atmos- phere, aud country people may eomplaiu of not feeliug well every time they come from a trip to the dusty city or take a ride on a dusty rail- way car. Although the effects of inhaling a bad atmosphere or dust differ somewhat in different individuals, yet by observing certain individuals for a long time, and observing a great many now and then, we may be able to draw some conclusions with a reasonable degree of accuracy. In a general way it may be said that when the air is free from sputum or expectoration, certain ailments and diseases are also absent. The Japanese are remarkably free from ailments that are very common among us: The Japanese do not spit and they also have clean homes. North pole explorers and weather observers on high mountains are free from colds, catarrh, rheumatic aches and pains, bronchitis, and a host of other ailments aud diseases— simply because the air is pure and the active causes are absent. The inhalation of a sputum contaminated air has been found to pro- duce a detinite reaction in man. In some individuals a reaction occurs under even a slight exposure, others may require a severe exposure, some may escape entirely. We know that in some of the epidemic diseases there are always some individuals wlio escape. The reaction due to in- haling infected air or dust,- may be characterized about as follows: There is an irritation of the mucous membranes; vague wandering pains or aches throughout the body, mostly referable to the muscles and ligaments, and at times more strongly localized at some point, as in the back or in an arm; there is a feeling of lassitude or discomfort, rising to severe headache, feverishness, loss of appetite and even vomiting. In some indi- viduals there is cough on account of the unusual irritation of the respira- tory mucous membranes; some complain mainly of the nervous symptoms and the inability of applying themselves to any task; in some the wander- ing or localized pains may predominate. The above symptoms have been grouped together and the name Dust Disease has been applied to them. When, therefore, we say a man has dust disease, we at once have some definite idea of the nature of his ailment, and of its cause. As a general rule an attack of flust disease declines and disappears of its own accord in the course of a day or a few days, but in a bad atmosphere it may continue for several weeks. Other diseases, like bron- 38 chitis, tonsilitis and pneumonia or tuberculosis may folloAV. and we can never be sure tliat an attaclv will pass off liglitlj'. Now if we study the advertisements of patent medicines in the news- papers we will find that they vary in amount, that is in number and size, being most common in the fall and spring and when the dust is at its maximum, and least common in the summer— when the streets are sprinkled and the sputum is sterilized by the hot rays of the sun. We will moreover find that three-fourths of the names of the ailments, not to speak of diseases, mentioned in the newspaper advertisements are simply synonyms of dust disease and are due to the inhalation of dust. I will give a list: cold, hoarseness, throat trouble, sickening breath, foul breath, catarrh, grip, sore throat, tonsilitis, pleurisy, a stitch in the side, backache, kidney complaint, kidney disease, lumbago, stiff back, lame back, rheumatism, muscular rheumatism, a touch of rheumatism, aching joints, headache, sick headache, nervous headache, neuralgia, nervous prostration, the blues, brain fag, neurasthenia, biliousness, bilious fever, a touch of malaria. All of these names should of course be in quotation marks. We tind also the terms dizziness, faintness, irritability, restless- ness and sleeplessness given as .names of ailments, and faceache and car sickness are mentioned as diseases. Now I do not mean to say that in every case of ill-health or of sick- ness, where the above names are applied, the cause is to be traced to the inhalation of infected dust, because something else may be at the bottom of it, but I believe that most cases of such self-diagnosed ailments (and where the afflicted individual calls for an advertised nostrum at the drug store) are simply cases of dust infection. Even stomach and bowel dis- turbances in many instances come under the same head, that is, caused by the dust— if not by inhalation, then by the dust which settles on food, as the cold victuals of a dusty restaurant or on fruits and vegetables ex- posed to the dust of the street. As a matter of fact there is a form of dust infection Avhich manifests itself mainly by a disturbance of the gastric mucous membranes, with abundant secretion of mucus and often accompanied by severe vomiting. Where one symptom, or its location in the body, dominates, it may give character to the ailment and thereby determine its popular name, or its patent medicine name. For instance, if the secretion of mucus or muco-pus is the chief symptom then we have "catarrh;'' if the pain in 39 the back prodoininjites, we boar the words "l)ackache,"' or "lumbago" or •'rheumatisui." or even "disease of the kidneys." One of the peculiarities of the human mind is that tlu' moment a name is given to a thing, to a phenomenon or even a sensation, it is, by many men at least, regarded as a something definite, as an entity. This is es- pecially true in the case of abnormal conditions of the human body. The average man does not regard an ailment simply as a warning from na- ture that something Is wrong and that means should be taken to correct the condition— by removing the cause, but he regards It as an entity that should or must be overcome by an antagonist, an antidote, or In other words a "medicine." Hence a pain calls for a "pain killer" and a cough for a "cough cure." That chronic ill-health and disease may result from such a course is well known to medical men, and that Is why they say the more patent medicines the people tise the more work there is for the doctors. With the active cause constantly present, that is infective dust, there are of course many cases of ill-health. Minor ailments make up the great mass of daily complaints of ill-health. There may be simple mal- aise or lassitude, or well defined aches and pains for which we are not able to account and take them as a matter of course. The relationship between a ride on a dusty street car on the way down town or the con- finement to an illy-ventilated, dusty room or an exposure to clouds of street dust, to a subsequent attack of running nose or feverlshness, wandering pains and aches or headache or biliousness or loss of appetite, is seldom considered. People have to have their attention called to these things and led to realize that a polluted atmosphere means ill-health and may lead to a well-defined disease. The Patent Medicine Habit: When a man feels bad he of course wants something to make him feel good or well. Simple means, such as quiet, rest, fasting, good air, may be all that Is needed for a day or two to enable nature to bring about a normal condition. But few persons pursue such a course: It is easier to stop in at the drug store and call for one of those widely advertised nostrums guaranteed to "kill the pain" or "stop the cough." Repeated and increased doses may be required, but that does not matter so long as relief follows, and no serious thought is given the matter until nature rebels and a serious disease is the result. Pain in nearly every case is simply a warning that something is wrong. 40 : and a cough in mo.st instances is simply an effort on nature's part to get rid of some irritating material. When we get a particle of food into the windpipe we cough until it comes up, but when the cough is due to the inhalation of a mass of irritating dust particles we (that is, some of us) use a "cough cure." With the active cause, tlie infected dust, so plentifully present and with a frequent reaction or effect, that is the presence of an ailment, we have hence another effect: a large variety of nostrums or patent medi- cines—to counteract the reaction due to inhaling infected dust. In ad- vertising these the long list of names given above is used. Usually some one name is given in large t.vpe, followed 1).v several others in smaller type and from time to time there is a shifting, one of the synonyms in the small type will be advanced to head the list. There are several sets of these words or names, depending on the part of the l)ody where the symptoms of the dust infection are mainly localized. If, for instance the pain is mainlj' in the Ijack, the chief word and the minor ones will likely be: BACKACHE, lumbago, rheumatism, diseases of the kidneys; by changing Ave get DISEASE OF THE KIDNEYS, backache, lumliago, etc., each of the words being in turn used in large type. For the throat and chest we have: COLD, catarrh, grip, throat troul)le, weak lungs, tonsil- itis, etc. For the nervous conditions we have words like headache, neu- ralgia, biliousness, neurasthenia, etc. With a large list of words there can be considerable shifting about. All these points are brought out in the clippings which I will show. The relative amount of space occupied bj' patent medicine advertisements in the newspapers of different Indiana towns and cities will also be shown by clippings. An examination will show that a minimum of such advertisements in a city means a com- paratively clean city, while, on the other hand, in a dirty and dusty city the newspapers are full of advertisements of patent medicines relating to ailments and diseases directly attributable to the inhalation of a dust polluted atmosphere. Nature exacts her dues. What the people save by neglecting to keep their cities clean, they are compelled to spend, or do spend, for patent medicines in The vain atti-mpt to counteract the evil influence of the dust. A comparative study of patent medicine ad- vertisements in tlie newspaiirrs of different cities, states and nations, furnishes much fodd for thought. Civii- pride ;ind dust seem incom- patilile. To be alile to I'oint with pri(k to one"s home city is (piite 41 different from having to explain to your visiting friend why everything is dirty and dusty. It would be interesting to know the financial aspects or statistics of this subject, the cost of keeping a city clean and the cost of time lost on account of ill-health and the cost of so-called remedies used in attempting to counteract the evil influence of the dust. There is of course a wide gap between a headache or a cold and i>neumonia or tuberculosis, there are all stages of ill-health between such extremes and between the at- tendant loss of time and money. Some of the nostrums are advertised for the cure of specific diseases like tuberculosis or consumption— a disease easily curable as a rule, in its early stages, but not by swallowing a lot of patent medicines. What is not claimed for patent medicines is not worth claiming. That reputable physicians do not prescribe patent medicines needs scarcely be mentioned. It is of some interest to know that some of the most widely adver- tised nostrums can be made at a cost of one or two cents per gallon— the container and label of many costing more than the ingredients. There must of necessity be a large margin of piofit or a "medicine" costing a few cents and selling for a dollar could not be advertised so extensively and so persistently. In conclusion: As our country becomes more and more densely popu- lated various sanitary problems arise and press for solution. This is especially true of our cities. Houses of brick and stone are displacing those built of wood and thus lessening the danger from tire. The open ditch has given place to the undergrouiid sewer; the mud road to the paved street. Shallow wells disappear before the advent of water works, and the latter themselves are getting a better supply by means of filtra- tion. "Water-borne diseases have been reduced to a minimum in man.y cities and epidemics are prevented. The occurrence of many diseases, such as the plague, cholera, typhus, smallpox and the like, have been reduced to a minimum, if not entirely prevented, by proper precautions, based on a proper knowledge of their active cause and its diffusion. What about preventing the ravages of ailments and diseases trans- mitted through the agency of the dust? What are we doing to reduce the amount of dust to a minimum? What efforts are we making to have pure air in our public halls, churches, street cars, and In the city gener- ally? 42 What shall Ave do AAith the persistent tloor and sidewalk spitter? Will education cause him to be displaced by a generation of non-spitters? What can we do for the poor, ignorant man, and his family, who keeps himself poor buying patent medicines— medicines which may give relief but which can not cure. The chief charts used in illustrating the paper were as follows: 1. Chart showing the common names used in patent medicine adver- tisements. The names Avere arranged in three columns, the first giving names of ailments of a catarrhal nature or of the respiratory system, and marked in red; the second column, marked in blue, contained names of the rheumatic and aching type, thus:: ' ' Catarrh " " Rheumatism ' ' "Colds" "Backache" "Grip" "Lame Back" ' ' Sore Throat " " Kidney Disease ' ' "Pleurisy" " Aching Joints " Etc. Etc. In the third column were given the names used more especially in con- nection with the nervous and gastric manifestations of dust infection, such as nervousness, headache, neuralgia, gastritis, a touch of malaria, etc. 2. Chart showing the amount of space occupied by advertisements of patent medicines in the newspapers of different cities and towns. The total space occupied by medical ads of all kinds, and that means of nos- trums and of quacks, varied from 2..5 to 14.2 per cent., while the ads of dust disease nostrums (as indicated on chart 1) varied from 1.1 per cent, in a comparatiA'ely clean city, up to 10 per cent, (and even more) in a dusty city. (Are we justified in concluding that if the inhabitants of a clean city pay $1.10 per yeai*, those of a dusty city are compelled at the same time to pay $10.00 for patent medicines?) 3. An exhibit of the total number of ads and the amount of space they occupy in newspapers of half a dozen different cities. Clippings all pasted on long rolls of paper. The contrast between a clean and a dusty city is thus shown in a striking manner. 43 4. A selection of large ads, some occupying' a full page. Most of these appeared at times when the dust was at its maximum, namely in the fall and again in the spring. The title of this sheet was: "Who Pays the Bill?" 5. Chart showing the seasonal prevalence of patent medicine ads. The fall and spring tides; low ebb in the summer. (In the summer the sputum on the sidewalks is sterilized by the hot rays of the sun, the streets are sprinkled and doors and windows are open.) G. Clippings pasted on sheets showing the changes in names in the same advertisement at different times of the year, and from day to day or week to week. The words catarrh, colds, rheumatism, kidney disease, etc., being marked in red or blue-as indicated on chart No. 1. 45 An Esker in Tippecanoe County, Ind. Wm. a. McBeth. An E«ker in Tippecanoe County, Indiana. An esker or serpent kame is a seri)entine ridge of sand and gravel evi- dently formed by a stream flowing in a tunnel at the bottom of a glacier or in a canyon through it. An interesting example of this feature extends through sections 1, 2, 11. and 10, Town 21 north. Range 5 west, in Tippecanoe County, Indiana. Its northeast end is about one-half mile southwest of South Raul), a sta- tion on the C. I. & L. Rv. (Monon Route) nine miles south of Lafayette. 46 P'rom the station and railway, it is visible and easily distinguished from the bordering prairie lands by its forested surface. This ridge exceeds two miles in length and varies in height from a few feet at the ends to fifty or sixtj^ feet along the main body. Its sides slope at angles of 20'' to 35° away from the arching crest. Its height is quite uniform, but few irregularities occurring in the whole length. The base of the ridge is from twenty to thirty rods wide. An interesting observation is that the outside or convex sides of bends have the steeper slopes, a fact bearing on the theory of stream origin. The material is stream gravel assorted from the glacial drift arranged in layers which slope to the southwest. This arrangement of the mate- rial indicates stream action and shows the course of the stream that de- posited the eslier. Excavations to obtain gravel for road making occur at points x x x shown on the map and the characteristic structure is shown in each. Mounds of gravel occur in line with the general trend of the esker at each end. A chain of these elevations extends a mile from the southwest end. The vallej', a half mile wide, comprising the esker trough, extends from the vicinity of South Raub station to the Independence-Darlington moraine near Sugar Grove, where it crosses the divide and connects with the valley of Shawnee Creek, which flows west. The trough is how trav- ersed by the Little Wea Creek, which flows northeast, just the reverse of direction followed bj^ the stream which built the esker. This creek rises at the gap through the moraine at Sugar Grove and it leaves the trough by a deep narrow valley through another moraine at a little dis- tance north of South Raub. Mounds of gravel near the station and fur- ther to the northeast may lie in the course of the sti'eam that deposited the esker. The problem of the slope of the esker trough opposite to the direc- tion of the sub-glacial stream that originally corraded it suggests the explanation of hydrostatic pressure in the tunnel. Ihe cause of the deposit of gravel and sand as an esker may be re- lated to the reverse slope of the esker trough causing the stream to grade up to a slope line in the opposite direction, which would carry it over the divide at Sugar Grove. 47 Notes on the Delta of the Mississippi River. William A. McBeth. The large scale map of the Alluvial Valley of the Lower Mississippi River published by the Mississippi River Commission, St. Louis, Mo., is a fine example of map making and a most valuable adjunct to geography study in the public high schools and colleges. A study of this map reveals many interesting facts related to the growth of the delta that the stream has formed in the edge of the Gulf of Mexico. Various questions are suggested by this study. What land area has been added to the continent by the river? What facts or fea- tures observable on the map indicate delta area? What is the origin of such lakes as Pontchartrain, Maurepas and Grand? How do the lakes in the delta differ from those along the river above Baton Rouge? What do the bays along the seaward border of the delta indicate as to the manner of growth of the land area and of the origin of lakes in the delta? Why does the river become straighter toward the mouth? What is the cause of the abrupt bend just below New Orleans? Why does the river flow so persistently to the southeast through the delta? It is generally stated that the delta extends from the mouth of Red River southward because here the distrilnitary farthest upstream leaves the river. This statement seems somewhat arbitrarily derived from the earlier definition which describes a delta as the land included within the divided mouths of a river, rather than the land formed by a river about its mouth. A line extended from Baton Rouge to New Iberia connects the south edges of the uplands on the opposite sides of the river and seems a proper division between the filled valley above and the area of added land or delta proper. South of this line, the great fan of the delta projects, breaking the great curve of the north shore of the gulf. Below this line the shape and size of the lakes change abruptly from narrow, ox-bow lakes, formed by the river cutting across the necks of its bends, to large, broad, irregular shaped lakes, evidently formed by irregu- lar deposit, leaving areas of the gulf unfilled. Lake Pontchartrain, for ex- ample, is a portion of the former gidf surface inclosed between the up- lands to the north of it and the advancing delta on the south. Notice how near the south shore of this lake the river fiows. Notice the stream from within the limits of New Orleans extending along the strip of land 48 49 bt'tween Lake roiitchiirtrain and Lake Boriiiie. This stream is evideinly a former distributary of the main stream. The bays along the edge of the delta of which Barataria. Timbalier Jind Terre Bonne are examples, show liow tlie advancing d(4ta arms extend around areas of gulf and hem them in. Notice particularly Bay :Marchand, at the mouth of Bayou la Fourche. and the separation of Timbalier and Terre Bonne bays by the long narrow delta of Bayou Terre Bonne. This inclosing process is aided by the formation of barrier beaches from point to point by wave action. True delta area is further indicated by the straighter course of the river below Baton Rouge. The river is very meandering through the whole length of the alluvial valley on account of the gentle sloiie of the river bed. but below Baton Rouge it becomes increasingly straight, altliough in the distance of two hundred forty miles the fall is but five feet, or one-fourth inch per mile. As streams always acquire the meandering habit on gentle slopes, this ap- parent contradiction of the law of streaui tiow furnishes an interesting problem. I propose this explanation: Tlie river flowing into the gulf produces a current some distance out from the shore along the sides of which the sediment is deposited more rapidly than in the swifter central line of liow. Finally the narrow mud banks appear above the surface along the course laid out by the current in the still waters of the gulf. The tendency to meander shown at the head of the delta indicates the inclination of the stream to conform to law. The stream is forming meanders. Below New Orleans an abrupt bend appears as an apparent refutation of tlie explanation of the straight lower course. This bend represents an accident in the direct forward movement of the delta. Ob- serve the streams lieginning near the eastern curve of this bend and the tract of land extending east and partially inclosing Lake Borgne and Mississippi Sound on the south. These streams and this strip of land indicate a former course of the river. A crevass across the narrow south bank caused the abandonment of the part below and the abrupt turn of the river. A crevass called "The Jump.'" twenty miles above the mouth of the river, indicates iiow a repetition of the above accident may occur. A submarine fan is approaching the surface outside of this gap. The southeast trend of the river through the delta and of the main area of the delta itself may be due to the eastward movement of the Gulf Stream off shore Avhich deflected the incoming river current to the east. 4— A. OK Science, '04. 51 The Poisonous Plants of Indiana. Stanley Coulter. It is the purpose in this paper to consider only those plants occurring within the limits of Indiana, which are said to be contact poisons. The list as assembled from various authorities is sufficiently extended to raise question as to the character of the facts upon which the forms were included among the contact poisons. The list, as I have been able to collate it, is as follows: Alisma Plantago-aquatica L. Water plantain. Arisaema triphyllum (L.) Toit. Jack in the Pulpit. Indian Turnip. Arisaema Dracontium (L.) Schott. Green Dragon. Spathyema foetida (L.) Raf. Sl^unlv Cabbage. Veratrum viride Ait. Indian Polie. White Hellebore. Cypripedium hirsutum Mill. Yellow Lady's Slipper. Urtica gracilis Ait. Slender Nettle. Urtica dioica L. Stinging Nettle. Urticastrum divaricatum (L.) Kinitze. Wood Nettle. Polygonum hydropiper L. Smartweed. Water Pepper. Polygonum punctatum Ell. Water Smartweed. Phytolacca decandra L. Pokeberry. Acta-a rubra (Ait.) Willd. Red Baneberry. Delphinium consolida L. Field Larkspur. Anemone quinquefolia L. Wind flower. Wild Anemone. Clematis Virginiana L. Virgin's Bower. Wild Clematis. Ranunculus sceleratus L. Ditch Crowfoot. Cursed Crowfoot. Ranunculus acris L. Tall or Meadow Buttercup. Ranunculus bulbosus L. Bulbous Buttercup. Podophyllum peltatum L. May Apple. Mandrake. Sanguinaria Canadensis L. Bloodroot. Cruciferae: Various genera, including the mustards, pepper-grass and horseradish. Di'osera rotundifolia L. Round-leaved Sundew. Ailanthus glandulosa Desf. Tree of Heaven. 52 Eni)lioi-))ia: Not only all of the fourteen species reported from Indi- ana, but all of the hundred of more species occurring in the United States. Rhus Vernix L. Poison Elder. Poison Ash. Poison Dogwood. Rhus radicans L. Poison Ivy. Poismi Oak. Dirca palustris L. Leather-wood. Moose-wood. Aralia spinosa L. Angelica Tree. Hercules Club. Solanum Dulcamara L. Poison Nightshade. Datura Stramonium L. Jamestown or Jimson-weed. Thorn Apple. Datura Tatula L. I'urple-stemmed Jimson. Verbascum Thapsus L. Common Mullein. Catalpa Catalpa (L.) Karst. Catalpa. Indian Bean. Lobelia inflata L. Indian Tobacco. Xanthium strumarium L. Cocklebur. Burthistle. Solidago: All species to be regarded with suspicion by persons with sensitive skins. Solidago odora Ait., said to be particularly dangerous because of a "volatile oil that is an irritant and rubefacient." Leptilon Canadense (L.) Britton. Horse-weed. Flea Bane. Bidens frondosa L. Common Beggarticks. Spanish Needles. Anthemis Cotula L. Common Dog-fennel. Arctium Lappa L. Burdock. To these may be added the commonly cultivated— Tropa^olum majus L. Nasturtium. Nerium Oleander L. Oleander. Primula obconica Hance. Primrose. This is a rather startling array of dangerous plants, esi)ecially to the field botanist who has been handling most of them with perfect impimity for years. It occurred to me some years ago that it would be interesting to examine the list carefully and so far as possible to conduct a series of experiments confirming or disproving the correctness of the inclusion of the above forms in the list. This I have beeu able to do with the aid of a number of students who offered themselves as subjects for the experi- ments. In the last five years I have licen able to secure twenty-two persons to aid me in the work. The most ciu'sory examination bi'caks the preceding list into two sharply separate groups. In the one the skin irritation is due to the action of some specific substance of the plant, as in the case of Rhus; in the other the skin irritation is plainly due to mechanical causes, as in the case of Arctium and Xanthium. There seems to be no good reason why any plant with piercing surface outgrowths, such as Bur-grass (Cenchrus tribuloides L.), should not be included in the latter group and the list almost indefinitely extended. Very little was done experimentally with such plants, for though persistent and sometimes festering sores may result from handling them, the irritation Is due to traumatic, not to toxic, causes. In the first group of plants an additional separation may be made into those poisonous by mere handling and those whose poisonous properties seem to be liberated only as the result of dry trituration or grinding, the well known irritant effects of the dust arising from the dried roots of Podophyllum being a case in point. It will thus be found that the number of plants which are really con- tact poisons, under ordinary liandling is very much reduced and the long continued immunity of those of us who have collected widely is not after all as wonderful as it might at first seem. As a matter of fact it would seem that any plant, which in any way and under any conditions however extraordinary produced a skin irritation had been promptly placed among the contact poisons. There is also to be considered the personal idiosyn- crasy. Some persons are peculiarly susceptible to plant poisons, either because of an especially sensitive skin or of some constitutional condition which makes them remarkably non-resistant to the sequelae of skin lesions of any sort. As a result of this consideration of the personal equa- tion the list of plants poisonous by contact is still further reduced. A rather careful experimental study of the plants in the above list has been made with the following results: In all eases the procedure was simple but was deemed sufficient to demonstrate the poisonous or non-poisonous character of the plant. The plant was first handled fi-eely in the way of collecting and making herb- arium specimens. If after some days no results were apparent, the part of the plant said to contain the poisonous element was rubbed upon the back of the forearm until seriim, and at times blood, exuded, the juice of the plant and the serum being allowed to dry upon the arm. If no results followed, it was considered safe to infer tliat the form Avas not a contact poison. Water plantain (Alisma Plantago-aquatica L), common throughout the state in mud and shallow waters, is said by the National Dispensatory to 54 contain in the leaves "an acrid principle strong enough to irritate the sliin." No one of the twenty-two subjects showed the slightest trace of sivin irritation as the result of treatment as indicated in the preceding paragraph. Tlie leaves were taken at different dates, but no results con- firming tlie above statement were secured. The Indian Turnip and Green Dragon (ArisiToma triphyllum (L.) Torr., and A. Dracontium (L.) Schottj are said to be "violently acrid and almost caustic in every part, frequently producing intolerable itching and in- flammation of the slvin." None of the Iweuty-two subjects showed the slightest unpleasant results from the free handling of the above species. As a result of the more vigorous treatment five showed a vesicular in- flammation lasting for three or four days. The inflammation was ac- companied by considerable itching, which, however, was not so violent as to merit the term "intolerable." Of the five showing unpleasant effects, two were young ladies, who proved so susceptible to almost any type of skin lesions that they were unable to continue the work. The Skunk Cabbage (Spathyema foetida (L.) Raf.) is said to be "harm- less as to the leaves, but with root so acrid as to produce intolerable itch- ing and inflammation." No results were secured from frequent and rather rough handling of the roots. Later the juice Avas expressed by pressure and allowed to dry upon the arms, rubbed to extreme redness, of five subjects. Neither itching nor inflammation resulted. The latter test was repeated in April, May, June and September, four additional subjects being used, but in every case failing to confirm the reputation of the plant as a skin irritant. Indian Poke (Veratrum viride Ait.), sparingly found in many localities, growing in swamps and wet woods, will, it is alleged, if "applied to the skin in moist condition cause redness and burning." The plant is so occasional in its occurrence that it need scarcely be taken into account. Two experiments upon myself gave absolutely no redness or burning. It is, however, fair to state that these experiments should not be regarded as determinative, since not even the poison ivy (Rhus radicaus L.) produces any skin irritation, except when the skin has been rubbed to redness with the crushed leaves and the juice allowed to dry upon the surface. Cypripedium hirsutum Mill., the Yellow Lady's Slipper or Moccasin flower, is said to be "irritating to the skin, in some cases poisoning as severely as Rhus." Eleven out of the twenty-two persons experimented 55 upon showed luipleasant effects from the mere handling of this species in collection and determination. Six others were poisoned as a result of the rubbing process, only five escaping entirely. In almost every class I have numerous cases of poisoning easily referable to this form. The poisonous property seems most active during the Howering season, the plant being practically innocuous after seed maturation. The effect shows first as a hypera^mia, later becoming vesicular and even pustular if untreated. It yields readily, however, to ordinary emollient treatment and can be fairly limited in its spread by frequently bathing the adjacent parts with alcohoL My attention was first called to the poisonous character of the plant by Dr. D. T. MacDougal and continued observation but serves to confirm the view that many cases of poisoning attributed to the poison ivy should be referred to this species. The attractiveness of the flower serves to lead many persons to collect it in large masses and if the results reported above are at all indicative, it is doubtless chargeable with manj^ cases of poisoning occurring in the early spring. The nettles Including Urtica dioica L., Urtlca gracilis Ait. and Urtica- strum divai'icatum (L.) Kuntze, poison through the action of acrid con- stituents, producing an intolerable burning. The inflammation, however, yields so readily to treatment by cooling lotions and is so ephemeral in its character if untreated, that the plants are to be considered as annoying rather than poisonous. None of twenty-two subjects escaped the intense burning following the handling of these forms. The inflamed condition never persisted over two or three hours even after a rather vigorous whipping of the skin with the plants. Of the Smartweeds, two. Polygonum hydropiper L., and P. punctatum Ell., it is said "cause itching and burning of the skin." In the experi- ments tried this proved true if the expressed juice was applied to mucous membranes, especially those of the eye. In no case was anj^ irritation observable where the application Avas to the skin. In this case also, the irritation was but temporary and yielded readily to bathing the affected parts in cold water. That Pokeberry (Phytolacca decandr.a L.) contains a principle which is an internal poison is well known. The claim, however, that the "green plant and root irritate the skin, affecting chiefly mucous membranes," does not seem to be so well made out. Only eight subjects were treated with this species and in no instance were any itiflammatory symptoms ob- 56 servable. Later the dried rooi was ground and a very annoying and somewhat persistent irritation of the niuoous membranes of the eye re- sulted, yielding only to treatment by an oculist. It is fair inference that no part of the Pokeberry is a contact poison in tlie ordinary acceptance of the term, although the plant does possess a poisonous principle which under exceptional conditions may produce an inflammalion of a somewhat obstinate and tlierefore serious character. The Baneberry (Aetata rubra (Ait.) Willd.) is said to contain a "vesicat- ing principle." Experimentation upon fifteen subjects failed to verify this statement. In this case, as in all others where negative results were ob- tained, the experiments were repeated several times at different stages of the development of the plant. The Field Larkspiu' (Delphinium consolida L.) is also claimed to be a skin irritant. "A specific element in the seeds produces in tincture great burning and inflammation of the skin." The experiments upon this form were unsatisfactory because of tlie small amount of material available. The tincture applied to the skin produced some slight burning and in- flammation, although the latter w.as no greater than would be expected from a similar treatment with pure alcohol. Evidently, however, the Field Larkspur is in no sense to be considered a plant dangerous to handle. The Wild Anemone or Wind flower (Anemone quinquefolia L.), said to be "irritating to the skin, producing redness and itching," was found, so far as the experiments went, to be perfectly innocuous, not even those who were most susceptible to skin irritations shoAving the slightest sign of inflammatory symptoms. The Virgin's Bower or Wild Clematis (Clematis Virginiana L.), said to contain an "acrid irritant producing blisters", affected nine out of seven- teen subjects; four by the mere handling, the other five as a result of rub- bing the skin with the leaves and flowers. A marked hypera^mia preceded the vesicular stage of the inflammation, wliich in no case was of more than three days duration. Three of the Crowfoots or Buttercups (Ranunculus sceleratus L., R. acris L., and R. bulbosus L.), it is alleged, 'cause inflammation and ulcers, the root being especially ricli in poisonous substances." Of these R. sceleratus and R. bulbosus are sufficiently occasional in our area to be neglected. R. acris, also, as at present delimited by systematists, is of relatively scant occurrence in Indiana. Seven subjects were used. None 57 showed any ill effects from treatment with aerial parts. Two showed sharp inflammation from rubbing the skin with the root, but neither showed any indication of ulcers although the inflammation was left un- treated. Inflammatory symptoms disappeared at the end of the sixth day, in both cases. The familiar May Apple (Podaphyllum peltatum L.) has been included in the lists of plants poisonous by contact from the earliest times. Both leaves and roots are said to be "poisonous and drastic" by some authors; others content themselves with the statement "rather poisonous''; still others attribute the "poisonous principle chiefly to the root, the powder of which affects the mucous membranes." Of the truth of the last state- ment there can be no doubt, as scores of careless or Ignorant workers in the laboratories of manufacturing pharmacists can testify. Concerning the other two, there is at least room for reasonable doubt. No record has come to my notice of any case of poisoning from the mere handling, and I have in the past few j'ears directed the work of classes in such a way as to secure the maximum amount of handling of every part of the plant. Twenty subjects submitted to the rubbiu-j process, using aerial parts of the plant, and nineteen showed no signs of inflammation. One was a sub- ject referred to in a previous paragraph as peculiarly susceptible to in- flammation after skin lesions of any sort. In this case a rather pei'sistent inflammation followed the experiment, requiring between two and three weeks' treatment before it Avas completely reduced. Five submitted to the rubbing process with fresh roots with no untoward results. The irri- tating elfect of the dry powder of the root upon mucous membranes was considered too well established to need verification. It is a safe inference that any part of the May Apple may be handled with safety, even the dry root being apparently harmless, and only irritating when in the form of a finely comminuted powder. The common Bloodroot (Sanguinaria Canadensis L.) is another plant regarded with suspicion by some authors. It is said that the "dust of the dried root is irritating and that frequently the handling of the root poisons." No experiments were made as to the effect of the dust pro- duced by the grinding of dried roots, but both dried and fresh roots were persistently handled witliout record of poisoning in a single case out of seventeen. Seven showed no ill effects from rubbing the arm with the Iresh root. 58 The Cruciferre named are such well known irritants as to need no special discussion, although in none of the forms did any irritation arise from a free and rather rough handling of the plants. The round leaved Sundew (Drosera rotundifolia L.) is classed as a skin irritant. It is so rare in our area that it scarcelj' deserves mention. Experiments were possible only with dried specimens. Of the five sub- jects selected none showed any signs of skin irritation as a result of either treatment. The material used was collected in August, the experi- ments Avere made the following February, the plants having been sub- jected to the usual drying. The Tree of Heaven (Ailanthus glandulosa Desf.), it is said, "should be regarded with suspicion." No experiments were tried with this form and a somewhat extended examination fails to reveal any instance in which poisoning resulted from its handling. Personally I have handled it for years, and have rather encouraged classes to handle it but have failed utterly to find the form at all poisonous or even irritating. Of the Spurges (Euphorbias) more than one hundred species occur in the United States. Loudon says of them, "Every one is so acrid as to cor- rode and ulcerate the body wherever applied." This somewhat vigorous arraignment of the genus does not seem fully justified by the behavior of the local forms. In the experiments upon ten subjects E. maculata L., E. humistrata Engelm., E. nutans Lag. and E. commutata Eugelm., pro- duced no ill effects from handling. ■ Rubbing the arm vigorously with the crushed plants and allowing the latex to dry produced a marked irritation in five of the ten subjects and a light vesicular inflammation in another. The inflammation was somewhat obstinate, in two cases requiring the attention of a physician. In the case of the flowering Spurge (Euphorbia coroUata L.) six out of ten subjects were distinctly poisoned by merely handling the plant in its flowering condition. In this case the plant was gathered in masses as for decorative purposes, thus attempting to imitate the manner in which this attractive form is usually handled. Allowing the latex to dy upon the arm caused evident poisoning in nine of the ten cases. The experience with the other species named above led to the prompt treatment of the inflammations, so that nothing can be said as to the persistence or ultimate character of the irritation. The inference may be drawn that the majority of our native spurges are not such virulent contact poisons that they can not be handled in the ordinary way without danger. Euphorbia coroUata is, however, to be regarded as dangerous^ 59 especially in the flowering period, and, as that extends from April to Oc- tober, it is probably to be avoided at all times. Apart from tlie results of these experiments I have records of tv\'enty-three cases of poisoning unmistaliably chargeable to this form. In my opinion many cases of poi- soning attributed to Rhus are to be referred to this species. Of the Sumach, the poison ivy (Rhus radicans L.) is perhaps the most familiar, although the poison elder (Rhus Yernix L.) is by far the more poisonous. According to Robert Hessler, M. D.,^ "Many persons proof against the common poison ivy readily succumb to this species." Fortu- nately the restricted range of the species, it being confined to the swamp regions of the northern part of the state, its favorite location being tam- arack swamps, prevents it from being as dsngerous as its virulence would indicate. The poison ivy, however, because of its almost universal dis- ti'ibution through the state is perhaps the most dangerous of the plants in the list. In the experiments, seventeen out of twenty-two poisoned, by merely handling the plant. The remaining five responded vigoriously to the rubbing process. The character of the inflammation is too well known to need description in this connection. One of the subjects, a young man of about twenty-two, who was poisoned as the result of "rubbing," allowed himself to go without treatment for three weeks, in order that he might determine whether or not he would in the future be more susceptilile to ivy-poisoning. His case of poisoning was quite severe, involving the whole arm a,nd spreading to the neck, being perhaps more serious than ordinary cases. He wrote me last summer that he had not since the experiment escaped with less than two or three poison attacks a year. I have heard from two others that they also have poi- soned since that time by the slightest contact with poison ivy. On the other hand, the other two members of the group of five do not seem to poison any more readilj^ than before the experiment. In the poison ivy, also, the poisonous principle seems most active during the flowering sea- son. The statement that Rhus poisoning occurs from the handling of dried herbarium specimens has not proven true in my experience. De- terminative material placed in the hands of class after class, has never caused a single case of poisoning. It is fair to conclude that two out of three persons will be more or less affected by simply handling poison ivy, and perhaps nine out of ten if the plant is handled at all roughly. No other one of our indigenous plants is so generally poisonous. •Proc. Ind. Acad. Sci.. 1896, p. 21. 60 It is said of the Leatherwood (Dirca palustris L.) ttiat tlie "fresli barli applied to the skin causes redness and vesication and sores, which are very difficult to heal." Eight subjects were treated by binding pieces of freshly stripped bark upon their arms, allowing them to remain for periods ranging from two to twenty-four hours. Six showed no evil effects of any kind, while in the cases of the other tAvo a somcAvhat painful hy- peremia resulted, easily reduced by an application of vaseline. Somewhat strangely, the two affected represented the extremes of time, two and twenty-four hours. Three other students chewed the fresh bark for a few minutes and in each case an extremely painful blistering of the mouth resulted. In my own case, tried fubsequently, the mucous mem- branes of the mouth did not become normal for nearly a month. In the ordinary use of the tei-m, the leatherwood is not a contact poison, al- though in exceptional cases it may prove such. Aralia spinosa L., Angelica Tree or Hercules Club, Avas found without irritating principle in three cases, the small amount of material available precluding more extended experimentation. It is claimed that "green bark from roots or small shrubs acts as an irritant." As far as the re- sults go the statement is without foundation. It is the popular belief that Solanum Dulcamara L., poison or purple- leaved nightshade is one of the most virulent contact poisons. By some authorities it is claimed to be an even more virulent skin poison than poison ivy, the symptoms being similar, but the poison much more diffi- cult to eradicate from the system. Tests made upon fifteen subjects failed utterly to justify the popular view. The plants were used in all stages and at all seasons, but in every case without the slightest irritation. I have tried many times to poison myself with this species, frequently taking plants selected by persons Avho claimed an absolute knowledge of the poisonous character of the form and always without untoward results. The result of these experiments makes it almost certain that the purple- leaved nightshade should not be considered as one of our poisonous plants. The "Jimson" weeds (Datura Stramonium L. and D. Tatula L.) also have a bad reputation. Fourteen subjects were tested and in no case was there any sign of inflammation. No experiment Avas made to verify the statement that the forms "occasionally cause a SAvelling of the eyelids." It is probable that none of our native species of Solanaceae are as poison- ous as the foliage of the potato and tomato, to Avhich frequent cases of skin poisoning may be definitely referred. 61 The oonuiioii Mullein (Verbaseuni Tliapsns L.) is irritatiiiiL;- to the skin because of its wooly hairs, the leaves being often applied to the throat for the rubefacient eil'ect. Its action is so evidently mechanical that no ex- periments were tried. The flo-\vers of the Catalpa (Catalpa Catalpa (L.) Karst.) are said to be irritant to many persons, causing "reddening of the skin." In experiments tried and often repeated upon twenty subjects, no such resvUts were ob- tained, although in some cases the flowers were rubbed upon the cheeks vigorously, the jtiice being allowed to remain for several hours. I have also been unable to find any definite record confirming the statement. Indian Tobacco (Lobelia infhita 1>.), "when applied to the skin is cap- able of producing irritation." Experiments upon fifteen persons failed to confirm this alleged fact. The Cockleburs (Xanthium) are irritant on account of dust and hairs with wliich they are covered and not because of a toxic principle. No experiments were made with this form. Of the Goldenrods (Solidago) the statement is made that the "whole family is to be regarded Avith suspicion bj^ persons with sensitive skin. Solidago odora Ait. possesses a volatile oil that is an irritant and rube- facient." T~\venty-two persons were subjected to tests Avith various species of goldenrod, but no results were obtained to indicate the presence of a toxic element in our native species. Solidago odora was used with five subjects without resulting inflammation. It is extremely doubtful whether any skin irritation is produced by species of this genus save through mechanical causes. The common Fleabane (Leptilon Canadense (L.) Brit.) it is said "con- tains a volatile oil possessing irritating (lualities to those handling." Eleven persons were used in experiments upon this form. Two had skin irritations following the free handling of this plant. Five others were poisoned by the "rubbing" process. Four were unaffected under either procedure. In this case also, the maximum point of the toxic principle seemed to be the flowering season. Common Beggar Ticks or Spanish Needles (Bidens frondosa L.), it is alleged, "causes itching on handling." Out of fifteen persons this was found to be true in three cases, one of them being peculiarly susceptible to skin irritation, as mentioned in a preceding paragraph. P'our others were affected by the "rubbing" process. The remaining eight reported no change in skin sensations. 62 Ordinary Dog-fennel (Anthemis Cotula L.) was found to affect seven out of twenty persons as the result of free handling. Seven others were poisoned following rubbing and six were unaffected. The statement that the "juice is sufficiently acrid to poison sensitive skins" seems borne out by the results. Arctium Lappa L., or Burdock, is a skin irritant through mechanical action, the dry burs producing the most serious inflammations, although the leaves, because of their roughness, are also irritant. The resultant inflammations after handling were so evidently traumatic that no experi- ments were made. It is claimed that the ordinary cultivated Nasturtium (Tropoeolum majus L.) "in exceptional cases produces dermatitis." Repeated experi- ments with all parts of the plant upon twenty-two subjects failed to give any verification to this statement. After extended inquiry I have failed to find any person who knew of any case of poisoning due to this plant. The Oleander (Nerium Oleander L.), so largely cultivated, is probably under certain conditions poisonous. "An acrid principle in the leaves affects some people as Rhus." Loudon contents himself with saying "it is poisonous." Figuier calls it a "formidable poison." Van Hasselt says it causes "an internal burning and itching when rubbed in the skin." Five persons were experimented upon in the manner indicated by Van Hasselt and all suffered a greater or less irritation accompanied by burn- ing and itching. It is probable that the thick-walled epidermal cells pre- vent poisoning in the ordinarj- handling of the plant. The most painful case of skin poison I experienced was from the oleander. It was, how- ever, of short duration and in none of the cases indicated the persistence or tendency to recurrence of Rhus. Of the cvdtivated Primroses, one. I'rimula obconica Hance, is occa- sional irritant. The cause, however, is plaiulj^ enough traumatic. No experiments were undertaken, although I know of one case in Avhich the handling of this species is invarial)Iy followed by an annoying skin irri- tation. The results of these experiments may be summarized as follows: 1. The great majority of the plants included in the preceding list are harmless under ordinary handling. 2. Some of these may act as skin irritants as the result of prolonged application or unusually rough handling. Careful washing after handling anj' of the forms will reduce the danger to a minimum. 63 3. The following species are defiuitely contact poisons, arranged in order of their virulence. Rhus Vernix L. Rhus radicans. Euphorbia coroUata. Cypripedium hirsutum. Anthemis Cotula. Leptilon Canadense. Clematis Yirginiana. Bidens frondosa. The nettles are not included in this list on account of the ephemeral character of the irritation they produce, nor are there included a number of forms which poison under imusual conditions, such as grinding or long continued applications. 4. Of the plants named, the two species of the genus Rhus are the only ones affecting all upon whom experiments were tried, if we except the nettles. 5. Sixteen plants included in the list proved absolutely harmless under the conditions of the experiments. Probably all in the list with the ex- ception of the first three or four may be safely handled under ordinary conditions. The data bearing upon conclusion 3 may be tabulated as follows: Number of Subjects in Experiment. Affected by First Method. Affected by Second Method. Additional. Rhus Vernix No 22 10 22 20 11 17 16 Experimen 17 6 11 7 2 4 3 ts. Rhus radicans 5 Euphorbia corollata Cypripedium hirsutum 3 6 Anthemis Cotula 7 Leptilon Canadense 5 Clematis Virginiana 5 Bidens frondosa 4 64 Amphispores of the Grass and Sedge Rusts. J. O. Arthur. ( Abstract. ) The paper described and illustrated the uredospores and amphispores of five species of Puvcmia from central United States, and one species of Uromyces from Northern India, all occurring upon various kinds of grasses; they were P. rexans Farl., P. Tripsaci D. & H., P. St i pee Arth., P. tosta Arth.. P. Cruptandri E. & B., and V. RotthocUkc Arth. It also described and illustrated the amphisiiores, the uredospores not being known, of three species of Piiccinia from the United States occurring upon different species of Carex; they were P. Curicis-strictxe Diet., P. atrofiisca (D. & T.) Holw., and P. Garrettii Arth. These are all the species of rusts so far known to possess amphispores. This kind of spore is the resting or winter form of the uredospore. They are not uredospores. however, acciu'ately speaking, because they show distinct structural differences, often very great, and are correspondingly modified physiologically. Ecological Notes on thk Birds Occurring Within A IvAdius OF J^^ivE Miles of the Indiana University Campus.* By Waldo Lee McAtee. AVith Photographic Illustrations by Clarexce Guy Littell. At various times since 1S83 students of Indiana University interested in birds have Icept records of the migrations, breeding habits, etc., of the birds within a radius of several miles of Bloomington. Twenty sets of migration records, covering fourteen seasons, are on file in the archives of the Biological Survey at Washington, D. C. Three lists of birds have been prepared by former students. W. S. Blatchley in 188() recorded the "Winter Birds of the Vicinity of Bloomington, Indiana," in the Hoosior Naturalist I, pp. 169-171. B. W. Evermann published a list of "Birds of Monroe County, Indi- ana," in the Hoosier Naturalist II. pp. l.^T-llo and 164. He enumerates 179 species. C. H. Bollman listed 192 species in an unpublished paper on file il^'the Biological Survey. "The Hoosier Naturalist," in which Evermann's and BlatChley's lists were published has long been extinct and the two papers are not ac- cessible. Some of the above lists and part of the migration records were used by Amos W. Butler in his "Birds of Indiana" published in the 22d Annual Report of the Department of Geology and Natural Resources, Indianap- olis. 1S97. Pertinent facts contained in the above sources have been brought together in the present paper. They have been confirmed or supple- mented by the author's observations extending through the last four years. While the material presented is chiefly of local interest it contains additions to our knowledge of the birds of Indiana and the more general subject of bird migration. Wherever possible, the authority for any state- '•'Contributions from the Zo'ilogical Laboratory of Indiana University, under the direc- tion of C. II. Eigenmann. No. 60. 5— A. OF Science, '04. 66 ment is indicated. When no antliority is given tlie autlior is responsible for the data. Tlie following is a list of observers most quoted. Their initials are used to indicate their authority. V. H. Barnett. W. S. Blatchley. C. H. Bollman. C. H. Eigenmann. B. W. E'vermann. W. L. Hahn. P. J. Hartman. C. H. Kennedy. E. M. Kindle. C. G. Littell. W. L. McAfee. N. B. Myers. A. B. Ulrey. G. G. Williamson. When other authorities are quoted their names are given in full. To make the facts contained in this paper more readily accessible to teachers and students they have been placed in tabular form and ap- pear at the end of the paper. The table and the index were prepand liy C. H. Frazee and Leonard Haseman. The region over which oliservations have lieen made, embracing tlie territory within about tive miles of Bloomington, is varied in its topogra- phy. On the cast and nortli are many rocliy ravines, some of tlr.'ni contain- ing cascades. At Bloominglon, to the soutli of ii and some disiauce to tliL* west the surface is gently rolling iiinl lias typical features of the oolitic limestone area of Indiana. To tlie wist in the Mitchell limc>stone area the surface is pitted with various sinkluiU's l:eiieath which are caves of considerable extent. Bloomingioii and the area about it are well drained by rock bound brooks running in part to the north through Rocky Branch, Grifify Creek and Bean Blossom, finally Hewing into the North Fork of White River. Other brooks, the Jordan River and Clear Creek drain the southern part of Bloomington through Clear Creek into the East Fork of White River. The extreme eastern part of the area is drained into Salt Creek and-' thence into the East Fork of \>'liite River. The western part 67 is rich in springs and sinlvholes filled witli watt-r, the general trend of the underground drainage of this area being southward. There are no large streams or other large bodies of water or swamp in the region under <-ousidoration. Two artificial ponds have been constructed in recent years, a smaller one which supplies the Monon R. R. yards with water and a larger one which is the storage reservoir of the Bloomington waterworks. The region is fairly forested, largely by second growth timber, though in some parts of the Knobstone region the primeval forests remain. The area is not well suited to aquatic Ijirds but offers many favorable localities to terrestial migrants and residents. The total number of species recorded is two hundred and twenty-five, and includes seventy per cent, of the birds recorded from the entire State. Of this number ninety-eight nest here and thirty-nine of the breeding birds are also permanent residents. Twenty-one are winter visitants. Ninety-six are migrants and are seen during a few days in spring and fall. Six are extinct, tAvo are included on rather doubtful evidence, and one is a hypothetic species. The last three groups are included in the supplemental list. One hundred species have been observed on or over the University Campus. Each species which has been observed on or over the campus of In- diana University is marked by an asterisk. In cases of species which are either winter or summer residents, the recorded extremes of their stay are given. In tlie case of transients the limits of their arrival and departure are given for both of the migratory seasons. Extinct and hypothetic species are refened to a supplemental list. The numbers in brackets and the nomeclature are those of the A. O. U. check-list. I am under obligations to Prof. W. W. Cooke and Mr. A. W. Butler for permission to examine migration schedules. 1. [3] CoJymhus mtritiis Linn. Horned Grebe. Common migrant. April 11 to 24. This species is classed as a com- mon migrant wholly upon evidence obtained in the spring of 1903. It had not heretofore been recorded from the county, but circumstances lead me to believe that it has merely been overlooked. The first specimen was obtained April 11, by Mr. J. J. Batchelor and Mr. James Simonton. Three others were seen that day. The following numbers were seen at the dates given:— 7, April 12; 4, April 13; 2. April IT; 2. April 18; 2, April lit. and 2, April 24. 68 2 [6] Podilijmhvs podice/ts (Linn.). Pied-billed Grebe. Common migrant. March o to April 29 and October 7 to November 30. May be found in nearly any sink or quarry-bole during tlie migratory sea- son. MIGRATION RECORD. 1885. 1885. 1886. 1887. C. H. B. 4-3 4-4 C. II. B. G. G. W. 4-10 4 16 G. G.W. 3-26 10-7 Not common Common. Not common Year 1899. 1899. 1902. 1903. Observer N. B. M. 4-19 ^V. L. H. W. L. M. 3-8 4-19 4 27 11-30 4-29 4-29 Rare. Common. 3. [7] Gavia imher (Gunn.). Loon. ^ Common migrant., April 1 to May 11. Loons may be seen on the . larger ponds any morning after a stormy night in April. Before the i waterworks and railroad reservoirs were made these birds were not seen. ■ Bollman and Evermann do not give the Loon in their lists of 1880 and ' 1887. MIGRATION RECORD. w Year . 1886. 1903. B.W.E. 4-1 W.L.M. 4-13 4-15 4-15 5-11 Common. 69 4. [60] Lanis phihidcltthia (Urd). Bonaparte's Gull. Rare migrant. One record April 10, 1903. A tlock of one hundred "gulls" of three sizes was reported in April, 1902, by J. J. Batchelor. From his descriptions I concluded that these were either Forster's or the common Tern, and Bonaparte's and, the Herring Gull. When these birds appear so far from any large body of water it is always after a period of ^very high winds. 5. [69] Sterna forsterl Kutt. Forster's Tern. Rare migrant. Four seen- May 13, 1903. 6. [70] Sterna hirundo Linn. Common Tern. Not common migrant (C. H. B. '86). 7. [1'20] Phalacrocorax dilophus (Swain). Double-crested Cormorant. Rare transient (C. H. B. '86). May 3, 1885 (C. H. B.). 8. [1*29] Mer(janser americeimis (Cass.). American Merganser. Common migrant. In 1887 B. W. Evermann classed it as not common. In late years, however, the Fish Duck has become a common .spring visitor to the reserA'oirs. MIGRATION RECOKD. Year. 1903. Observer W. L. M. First seen 4-16 Next seen 4-:9 Common : 5-14 Last Seen 5-14 Abundance Common. 9. [131] Lojihodytes aindkitus (Linn.). Hooded Merganser. Common transient (C. H. B. '86). March 4, 1885 (C. H. B.). Several specimens, without dates, are in the University collection. 10. [132] Aneis hoschas Linn. Mallard.* ■ Abundant migrant. February 10 to April 23. After the example of Prof. W. W. Cooke all records simply given as "ducks" are refei'red to this species. 70 MIGRATION RECORD. Year 1886. 1892. 1903. Observer Fi^^t teen B. W. E. 3-1 3-4 E. M. K. W.L.M. 2-10 3-8 Common 4-3 4-23 Last seen 4-23 Abundance 11. [139] Nettion carol in en. sis (Omel.). Green-winged Teal. Not common migi-ant (B. W. E'. '87). March 4 to April 17. MIGRATION RECORD. Year 1886. 1903. B. W. E. 3-4 3-5 W. L. M. Fir-xt seen — 4-;o 4-17 Abundance Not common 12. [142] t^patKla ch/pmta (Linn.). Shoveller. ; I Common migrant. March 20 to May 8. The first migrants are males i and are seen in small numbers; later in the season the tloclvs are mixed, | I hnt the females are then generally in the majority. i MIGRATION RECORD. Year 1886. 1896, 1902. 1903, B. W. E. W.S. B. W. L. M. W. L. M. 3-20 4-5 4-19 5-8 Not common 5-8 4-13 4 21 Common. 13. 143 D(ifilIarcli 5, 1S8G (B. W. E.). 21. [1G6] Oidemia perspicilhita (Linn.). Surf Scoter. Rare: one seen in 188G, "a storm duck" (C. H. B.). Of very unusual occurrence away from large bodies of water in this latitude. The only other records for the State are for the year 1S75. 22. [167] Erismatura jainaicciisis ((Tiiiel.). Kuuiiy Duclv. Not common migrant. April 24, 1903. 23. [169.1] Chen cariilescctis (Linn.). Blue Goose. Rare migrant (C. H. B. '86). 24. [172] Bmnfa caiiadehsis {Liinn.}. Canada Goose.* Common migrant. February 17 to April 12. October 31 to Novem- ber 24. On two occasions, 3—2. '02 and 2—17. '03. Wild Geese Avere seen flying south. On both of these dates there was a sudden drop in the temperature, in the latter case to six degrees below zero. Those seen 4 — 12, 1903, were flying through a driving rain. A Canada Goose remained about the campus of the T^nivorsity for about a week ending 3—27, '02. At nights it flew in all directions over the campus from pond to pond, and its loud calling jjiovokcd a still nioie vociferous dem- onstration from tlie watclidogs below. MIGRATION RECORD. Year 1885. 1885. 190D. 1932. 1902. 1903. C. Il.B. 3-11 C. II. B. X. B M. 3-3 3-8 W.L. M. 3-2 W.L.M. W L M 3-2 3-2 11-24 Not commnn 10-31 Common. 4-12 Common. Common. 25. [190] B(itaiir(i>> Iciitigiii()-'< aura {'Linn.). Turkey Vulture. -^^ "With one exception all the records show that the Buzzard is a -resi- dent only a little over nine months in the year, .January 31 to November 21. In 1892 E. M. Kindle said that a few Avere permanent residents. They are quite abundant in this county, and it is not an uncommon thing to see them in companies of ten to sixty gliding about in circling paths in the upper air. B. W. Evermanji found a full set of eggs April 17, 1886. This is earlier than any other date reported from the State. C. G. Littell found young just hatched in a nest in a hollow log in a large, dense and damp woods. May 19, '03. According to the owner of the place Buzzards had roosted at this snot for three vears before. MIGRATION BECORD. 1S85. 1885. 1886. 1892. 1893. 1899 C. H.B. 2-7 2-8 3-3 C.H. B. W. S.B. 2-22 2-23- E. M. K. 2-6 2-13 2-13'- E. M. K. 2-22 2-25 3-2 N B iM 2-26 Next seen 4-1 Common 4-2 11-13 Abundant. Abundance Very common. Common. '•B. W. E. Common. A.B. U. Common. Common. 6-A. OF SclKXCE, '04. Year 1900. 1901. 19C2. 1902, 1903. 1903. Observer N. B. M. 4-5 4-18 4-18 W. L. M. 2-17 3 3 3-17 Abundant. 1 W. L.M. W.T,. M. W. L. M. 1-31 2-10 3-8 First seen 2-26 3-14 3-20 Abundant Next seen 11-8 Abundant. 11-21 Abundance Common. Abundant. Abundant. 50. [326] CalharititaiirnhKiYiein.). Black Vulture. Rare spring and summer visitant. "It was noted in ^Monroe County, 1890" (A. W. Butler). One Avas seen May IG, 1903. 51. [327] Elanoides forjicattis i'Luni.). Swallow-tailed Kite. Rare summer visitant. All that liave been reported from this county were seen in August. 1885. One was taken on the 4th (C. H. B.i. and two were seen of Avhich one was taken on the eighteenth (B. W. E.). 52. [381] Circus hndso)i)i(x (Linn.). Marsh Hawk. Rare migrant. The earliest and latest dates of arrival for a series of years are February 28, '85 (C. H. B.), and April 19, '02. It is seen nearly every year, and it was probably common March 11, 1903. when several were seen in a densely wooded creek bottom (P. .T. H.). 53. [332] Acripiter velo.r (Wi\s. ). Sharp-shinned Hawk.- An uncommon resident; common in winter and during tlie migra- tions, especially in March and October. W. S. Blatcldey reports it as breeding. 54. [333] Accipiter rooperii (30113.1).). Cooper's Hawk.* Resident; not common; breeds. Most numerous in .January. Febru- ary and March. 55. [334] Accipiter atrlcapillt(.'< i'Wils.). American Goshawk. Rare Avinter visitor; one taken November 22, 1885 (G. G. W.). 56. [337] Bnteo hon'ulii:t {Gmel.). Red tailed Hawk.* Common resident; breeds. Nest and eggs April 19, 1903. 57. [339] nufro linmtuii (Gmel.). Red-shouldered Hawk.* Common resident; breeds. This and the last species are somewhat confined to ihe wilder parts of the country, but are occasionally seen flying over the citv. 83 58. [348] Bi(f('() ]>l(iliii>t('n(i< iVieiU.). Broad- winged Hawk.* Rather rare resident. Not reported from tliLs county before 1892. More often seen in recent years. Commonest in April and October. 59. [o4Ta] Ardiibuteo Utiinjinx xinK-ti-joluiniih (Gmel.). American Rough- legged Hawk. Rare winter visitor; Februnry 21. lS8o (C. H. B.). 60. [349] A(iuila chrystt'ctm (l^iim.). Golden Eagle. Rare winter visitor; a few seen every winter. Has been observed as late as Mny lo, 1903 (^Y. L. Jl.t in Brown County, where it is as likely to remain to breed as in any part of Indiana. Last date for Monroe County, November 28, 1903. 61. [352] HdlinctKs leacocephalus Linn.). Bald Eagle. Rare winter \isitor. Considered less rare than the last by W. S. Blatchley and B. W. Evermann. But in recent years the Bald Eagle has not been observed at all, while (xolden Eagles have been seen and captured every year. The last date is July 29, 1885 (S. E. Meek). This date suggests a possibility of summer residence of this bird also. 62. [357] Fah'O coliuaharius Linn. Pigeon Hawk. Rare migrant, taken several times during 1885-1887, but not observed in recent years. March 12, 1887 (W. S. B.). April 28, 1885 (C. H. B.). November 7, 1885 (G. G. W.) 63. [360] FaJro ttjiarren'/is Linn. American Sparrow Hawk.* Common resident, less numerous in winter; in fact, they are entirely absent some winters as they were during those of 1900-1901, 1902-1903 and 1884-1885. They become common in March— March 15, 1902, March 19, 1903, March 26, 1885 (C. H. B.). They have been observed mating March 17, '03 (W. L. M.), and repairing a nest on the University cam- pus, which has been used for years, on April 11, 1901 and 1903. In years when they do not winter it is seen that the females are the first migrants, as for example, in 3885. The first and second dates for females were March 17 and 20, while males were not seen until March 23 and 24. 64. [364] Pandion haliaetns carolinemis (Graol.). American Osprey. Rather rare migrant. March 12 to April 29. November. C. H. Bollmann saw but one in four years, March 12, 1885. B. W. Evei-mann said it was occasional on the White River ('87), and E. M. Kindle reported it during November, 1892. Of late it has been seen frequently 84 in the central part of the county; the record for 1903 is as follows: First seen April 13, next April 17, and last April 29. 65. [366] Ask) ivilsoiuanuf! (Liess.) . American Long-eared Owl. Rare winter visitor. Fall 188G (B. W. E.); Jan. 30, 1883 (W. S. B.); March 19, 1885 (C. H. B.), are the only dates at hand. 66. [367] Asia riccipitririKK. (Pall.). Short-eared Owl. "Very rare; two seen in the fall of 1886" (B. W. E.). 67. [368] Sijrn'mvi variuni (Barton). Barred Owl.* Considered a common resident by C. H. Bollmanu, B. W. E'vermanii and W. S. Blatchley. The last is authority for a breeding record. I know but little concerning the occurrence of owls in Monroe County. In fact owls are more rare here at present than in any place where I have ever made observations. The only record of a Barred Owl in three years is March 24, 1902, when one was heard. That this con- dition is only a temporary one is shown by the fact that in the fall of 19C0 Screech Owls Avere abundant and Great Horned and Barred Owls were often heard and seen. 68. [372] Cri/ptixjlanx amdica (Gmel.). Saw- whet Owl. '^ Rare resident. August 20, 1884. One was fallen in the University power plant November 27, 1886 (C. H. B.). 69. [373] ilegascops asio {Ijhin.). ScreecJi Owl.* Common resident. Breeds. ' The red phase prevails. With the excep- tion of the fall of 1900 this has been a rare bird here in the last few years. This is the fellow who can best explain the meaning of the series of fan-like scratches which we see after a fresh fall of snow on either side of two parallel rows of tiny dots which end in a little carmine punctuated pit— the shambles of a Peromyscus. A Screech Owl which had the sad affliction of a cataract on one eye was placed in a roomy cage with two whitefooted mice with which to satisfy his appetite. Morning dawned on the scene of an unexpected tragedy. Two mice, with golden coats and pretty white stockings, were nestled in a warm bed of bright rufons feathers, sleeping away the effects of a banqxiet of owl. 70. [375] Bubo n'njiitkniKH {Gmel.). Great Horned Owl. Common resident (C. H. B. and B. "W. E.). Breeds (W. S. B.). As in the case of the other Striitcft. rai-e since 1900. The only recent date Is :\Iarch 22. 1903 (P. J. H.). 85 The following epit.'rpli is of interest: "'Old Bnbo,' the college pet. Canght in a steel trap in September, 1885, and kept in the baseniLMit of Owen Hall until January, 1886, when he died." 71. [376] Ni/ctea nyrti'a (Liiuu.). Snowy Owl. Rare winter visitor (C. H. B. '86.). Last date, January -25, 1903 (P. J. H.). 72. [387] Corcijzus nnurirnnun ('Linn.). Yellow-billed Cuckoo. ••' Common summer resident. April 13 to Sept. 24. Breeds. A nest of the Yellow-billed Cuckoo w\as found May 30, 1901. It contained one egg on that day and two on the next. It was in a spice-bush three feet above the gTouud and was built, of sticks and partly lined Avith leaA^es (W. L. H.). Maj' 25, 1903, a nest and two eggs were found about seven feet up in a grapevine (C. G. L.). In 1885 a nest with fresh eggs vras found as late as June 30, by B. W. Evermann (Butler). "The usual nest is a mere pretense, a flimsy structure of a few sticks, with a few blossoms, generally of the oak, upon which to lay the eggs. Occasionally a very substantial nest is built— one such was found at Bloomington, Ind., by my friend, Mr. O. M. Meyucke" (Butler). MIGRATION RECORD. Year 1885. 1885. 1886. 1892. 1893 C.H.B. 5-17 5-19 5-24 C. H. R. G.G. W. 4-13 5-5^'- E. M. K. 5-7 5-1.3 E. M.K 5 15 5-21 Last seen 9-2t Very common. Abundance Very common. Common. *B. W. E. Common. Common. Year 1899. 1900. 1902. 1902. 1903. Observer N.B. M. 4-28 4-29 5-4 N. B. M. 5-15 5-16 5-17 W. L. M. 5-5 W.L. M. W. L. M. 5-5 5-10 5-10 5-13 9-21 Common. Abundance Common. Common. Common. Common. 86 73. [388] Corc!i:ii.-< n-iitlirophtlialmu.uWils.). Black-billed Cuckoo.* Fig. 11. Common summer resident. May 12 to Sept. 22. Breeds. May 20, 1903. C. G. Littell found a nest and three eggs about eight feet up in a cedar. The nest was a mere platform. In 1887 B. W. Evermann said that this speciis was apparently more <-onuiion than the last. If there is any difference in numbers at present the Black-billed Cuckco is the more rare of the two species. All rec- ords since 1892 show th? same state of affairs. In 1894, E. M. Kindle considered tills liird rare and the last common in Brown County. At this place the present species is a much more regular migrant than the Yellow-billed Cuckoo. Records of five springs show that it arrived either on the 12th or i:Jth of May. May 12. 1893. Mr. E. M. Kindle heard them calling as they passed over, and on April 13, 188G. Mr. G. G. Williamson heard the calling of Cuckoos, "Yellow or Black-billed or both." This is much the earliest diite that has been recorded for either species within tlie State. In all probability the birds heard were Yellow-billed Cuckoos, as they are much more irregular than the Black- billed in the time of their arrival and are always observed earlier. MIGRATIOX RECORD. 1885. 1885. 1886. 1892. 1893. 1902 1903. Observer C.H.B. 5-12 5-16 5-19 C. II.B. B. W. E. 6-13 EM. K. 5-13 E. M. K. .5-12 W.L. M. W. L. M. 5-12 5-13 Last seen 9-22 Abund.. Very com. Com. 9-21 Com. Abundance Abund. Com. 74. [390] Ceryle (tlri/on (Linn. ). Belted Kingfisher. Common summer resident: lare winter resident. March 5 to No- vember 9. Jan. 4, 1893 (E. M. K.). Breeds. The females become numer- ous in spring before the maU s. MIGRATION RECORD. 87 Yea 1886. 1885. 1886. 18S7. 1892. 1892-3. C. II. B. 3-31 4-3 C. II.B. B.W. E. 3-22 3-25 G. G.W. 3-26 E. M. K. 3-27 4-27 4-27 , E. M.K. 11-5 Very common. 1-4, '93 Common. Rare. Common. 75. [393] Dnjobates villosm ilA-an..). Hairy Woodpecker.* Common resident: breeds. A less familiar bird than the next, but it is occasionally seen in the city. But his contact with civilization generally gives him a dingy color and a ruffled coat. 76. [394] Dryobates pubesccns (Linn.). Southern Dovfuy Woodpecker.* Fig. 12. Common resident; breeds. Possibly more common than the last; apparently so because of its more confiding attitude towards man. Nest and one egg in a rail April 23, 1903 (C. G. L.). But the nest has been found with only two eggs in it as late as May 15, 19€1. 77. [402] Sphyrapiciis variiis (Liuin.). Yellow-bellied Sapsucker.* Regularly a very common migrant; occasionally a common winter resident. Eight were seen January 21, 1903, in a group of cedars and pines less than an acre in area. It did not winter in 1901-1992. B. W. Evermann gives it as a rare resident, and W. S. Blatchley says it breeds. There are no later dates in spring, however, than May 1, 1903 (W. L. M.), and May 5, 1885 (C. H. B.). It was observed mating April 8, 1903 (W. 88 L. M.). but it Avould be au unusual occurrence for it to breed this far soutli. According- to C. H. Bollmann's scliedule for 1885 the males arrive and denart earlier than the females. MIGRATION EECOED. 1885. 1885. 1885. 1886. 1887-. Observer C. 11. B. d 3-27 3-31 4-4 4-19 Common. C.H. B. Pi-2 4-3 4-4 5-3 Common. C.H.B. 9-15 9-24 9-25 12-29- Verycommon G. G. W. 3-15 3-25-'' G. G.W. 3-31 4-1 Last seen Abundance Rare. = W. S. B. Year 1892. 1900. 1901. 1902. 1903 E.M.K. 4 4 4-17 N. D. M. 4-7 4-10 4-10 AV.L.M. 1-27 2-2 4-7- W. L. M. 3-14 3-22 3-27 4-23 Common. W. L. M. First seen Next seen Common ... . 4-12 Last seen 5-1 Abundance Common Common. Tolerably -V. H.B. Common. 78. [4()r)a] O'oplilnH.s plhyitit.s ((h/f'ticiilx Bangs. Northern Pileated Wood- pecker. Qiiit(> I'are resident: >ery probably breeds. Althoutili it is now re- stricted to tlie wildest and least visited iiarts of tlu' county and is present there in but small nnmbei's. it must have l)et".i tolerably common as late as 1885. Seven specimens wcie tal>:cn that yeai-— March 21. Marcn 22, a male; March 29, a male and a female [V. II. I'..): two specimens were taken along Bean Blossom ('I'cck in Auiiust (B. \V. L". i. ami one SO' was seen Decein]>er 24. by W. S. lilatcliley. It has l)een seen or taken several times since: all the dates fiillow: Novemher 3, 1887, J. Gra- ham: February i:>. lSi)2. two seen, one of which, a female, was taken, A. B. Ulrey: one seen in 1898 and one about February 7, 1901, V. H. Barnett: two seen and one. a male, taken January 20, 1903, by -Mr. Whitaker. The last specimen was winged and brought in alive. It hammered to pieces the pine box used for a cage and escaped into the streets. After several adventures it was with difficulty recaptured and placed in a wire cage at the University. He tried to shatter this, too, but of course was unsuccessful. His accuracy was shown by his repeatedly i)ecking a wire, not more than one-sixteenth of an inch in diameter, which he hit squarely every time. He lived about three days in captivity. Two of these noble l)irds were also seen on May 17, 19&4. In a steady majestic flight they winged their way across soine fields and a highway that lay between two dense forests, their favorite retreats. 79. [406] Melid'ierpes i'r!/thr02 a nest and 5 eggs were found May 21; tbe eggs were hatched June 2 and the young birds had flown June 11 (Gertrude. Hitze). Another nest with six young about ready to leave was found .Tune 12. It was in a hollow apple tree about 6\4 feet up (C. G. L.). Later in the season, in August and September, these birds may be seen trooping around with a brood of lusty youngsters almost as large as themselves. These little family groups are pleasing objects in the sultry brightness of an open grove or beside the dimly lighted paths of the forest. Myiarchus here, as at all places and all times, seems- to fit into his surroundings perfectly. Everywhere he is full of un- conscious dignity and is perfectly at home. MIGRATION RECORD. Year 1885. 1885. 1886. 1887. 1892. 1893. Observer First seen C.H B. 4-21 Abundant. C II. D. G H.B. 4-23 4-24 G.G. W. 4-25 E. M. K. 4-24 4-27 4-27 E. M.K. 4-18 4-26 Last seen 9-7 Very common Abundance Common Very common Common, Year 1899. 1900. 1901. ]9j2. 1903. Observer N.B M. 4-22 4-28 5-3 N.B M. 5 6 5-7 5-8 W. L. M. 5-6 5-7 .5-9 W. L. M. 4-27 4-28- 4-27 W L M First seen Next seen . 4-28 4-29 Common 4-29 Last seen Abundance Common. Common Common. Common. 88. [456] Sayornis phoebe (Latft.). Phoebe.* Fig. 15. Common summer resident. Marcli 1 to October 17. An early mi- grant and an early lirecdor. I'.. W. Kverniann gives the date ^March 95 1. but does not give the year, although it is probably 18S7. E. M. Kindle saw it March 2, 1893. They are found tirst at the nesting places: March 17. 1001, a pair was seen at a quarry; March 14, VM)2, one was seen at a bridge near a pond and on the first date in 1903, March 12. they were common at the caves; eleven were seen about the mouths of three caves. Nestbuilding March 22, 1902. Nest com- plete April 2, 1903. April 12, 1!>03, a nest and five eggs were found under a bridge (C. G. L.). AVell-grown young have been seen May 0, 1899 (N. B. M.), and May 7, 1901. The Phcebe seems to be better pleased if a suitable nesting site ■can be found near the dwellings of man. There he lives out his quiet xiud beneficial career, an unobtrusive yet confiding bird. MIGRATION RECORD. 1884. 18S5 1885. 1886. 1887. 1892. Observer C. H. E. 3-18 C. H.B. 3-21 3-22 3-31 C. H.B. W. S. B. 3-10 3-14''' 3-16t G. G. W. 3-20 V. II. B. 3-25 3-26" 3-29 10-17 Abundant. Abundant. Common. -B.W.E. tG.G.W. Common. "E.M.K. Year 1893. 1899. 1901. 1902. 1902. 1903. Observer E. M.K. 3-2 3-10 :M0 Last seen N. B. M. 4-13 5-14 Common. W. L M. 3-17 3-24 Common. W. L. M. 3-14 3-16 3-27 Common. W. L. M. 10-12 Common. W. L. M. 3-6 3-12 3-12 Common. 96 89. [459] XttttaUornis horealis (Swains.). Olive-sided Flycatcher. Rare transient. April 30, 1885 (C. H. B.). The only other record for the southern part of the State is that of May 12, 1885, Wheatland, Knox County (Robert Ridgway). Do these dates indicate an accidental deviation from the ordinary migration route in that one year? 90. [461] CuniopKS rirens ('Lhni.). Wood Pewee.* Very common summer resident. April 26 to October 5. Has been reported much earlier, as for instance: April 15, 1899, and April 7, 1900- (N. B. M.), but these records are probably due to wrong identification. The most common Flycatcher. MIGBATIOX RECORD. 1885. 1885. 1886. 1892. 1893. C.II.B. 5-3 5-5 5-16 C. H. B. C. H. B. 4-26 4-27 4-28-'- E. M. K. 5-18 E. M. K. 5-6 10-3 Abundant. Abundnnt Common. B. "W. E. Common. Year 1900. 1902. 1902. 1903. N.B. M. 5-2 5-8 5-8 W.L. xM. 4-27 W. L. M. W. L. M. 4-28 Next seen .. 5-10 Common ; 5-10 10-5 Abundance Common. Common. Common. 91. ,[4^^1 E))i pidonax flaiiventris Btiird.. Yellow-bellied Flycatcher. Rather common migrant. April 17 to Aiigust 20. These dates rep- resent the extremes of arrival and departure for the State as well as for the countv. 97 MIGKATION RECORD. Year... 1885. . 1885. 1886. 1892. 1903; C. H. B. 4-28 5-1 C. H.B. 8-26 8-27 W. S. B. 4-17 A.B. U. 5-7 W L M First seen 4-28 4-29 Common Last seen 5-19 Common. 8-29 Common. Abundance . , 92. [-165] Empidpna.r virescens CVieill.). Crreen-crested Flycatcher.* Common summer resident. April 15 to September 18. Considered abundant by C. H. Bollmann and B. W. Evermann in 1886 and 1887. There are four nests, two with eggs, in the UniA^ersitv collection. MIGRATION RECORD. Year 1885. 1885. 1886. 1887. C.H.B. 5-14 5-15 5-16 C. H. B. B. W. E. 4-27 5-1-' 5-4t B. W. E. First seen 4-15 Next seen , 9-18 Abundant. Abundance Abundant. Abundant. "C. H. B. tW.S.B. Year 1892. 1900. 1903. A. B.U. 5-7 N.B. M. 5-2 5-7 . 5-8 W. L. M. First ."seen Next seen . . Common 6-9 Last seen .. Abundance Common. Common. 93. [466] Empidonax tramii (And.). Traill's Flycatcher. "In Monroe County, Prof. Evermann found it nn uncommon summer i-i'sidont" (Butler). ' 7- A. OF SflEKCK, '04. 98 Year. MIGRATION KECORU. 1885. 1885. Observer First seen. . . Next seen .. CouimoD Last seen . . Abundance . C. H. B. 5-14 5-15 C. H.B. Not rare. 8-27 Not common 94. [467] EiKjuildiKix iiiinlmns Buird. Least Flycatcher.* Couuiion iiiiiirant. April 21 to May 10. September 12 to 18. It has been reported ))y two observers as a summer resident (B. \V. E. and N. B. M.). l>nt these records are probiibly wroiiu. The bulk of the species deiinrt('d May l.*!. "S.". (C. H. B.). MIGRATION RECORD. Year 1885. 1885. 1892. 1899. 1901. 1903. Observer First seen C. H. B. 4-21 4-23 4-30 5-19 Abundant C. H.B. 9-12 9-13 9-15 9-18 Coinmon. E. M. K. 5-3 5-7--- N.B. M. 5-5 W. L. M. 4-23 W. L. M. 4-29 4-30 5-13 Abundance Common. Common. -A. B. L'. 95. [474b] Oliiciiris alpcxtriK jiratlcola Hensh. Prairie Horned Lark.* ("ommoii resident: more abundant in Avinter and durinj;- the ndjira- tions. Tlicy liecamc comnuin March "JCi. lUii:'.. Many notes are Riven under the nil me Olocmis filitrstri-'<. l)Ut this is probably due to faulty nomenclature: all such notes were (•(•nsidered as ri'terrinu' to the sub- species, althouuli it is not impr()1tal)le tlint <). aliiistrix will be found here in winter. Maicli L*.">. I'.tdL'. 'I'he Horned Larks were sinuinii' i-ontinually, and oiK^ of thtin was obs(>rved in his aerial evolutions. About dusk one I). 00. [477] Ct/anoritta cristatd (Linn.). Blue Jay.* Fig. 16. Abtuidaut resident: sometimes less ntimerous in winter. Jays were nearly all mated March S, 1903, and a pair was observed mating February 10. loni. This pair began a nest but abiindoned it when about one-fotirth completed, Feln'uary 22. N. B. flyers observed them iiestbuilding March .">. ISOO. More usual dates are: Nestbuihling. March 17, '0;>: March 22. "(►2, a half-completed nest was found: nest coini)leted March 2(i. 1002, and 1003: three pairs nestbulldlng April 1, ■(II: nests with three eggs were found April 15 and 17, 10(t3 (W. L. M.). The former was between two rafters in a corncrib and was I)uilt partly of mud (C. G. L.i. A Blue Jay was seen sitting on uuhatehed eggs May Ki. 1903. "As spring approaches thej^ become very vocal, tittering many calls, some very pretty notes, varying from loud to low. Kvidently some of the latter are intended solely for one female to hear. * * * With tis the season of song begins eai'ly in March * * as early as March S. =•• * * With it comes jiairing time, which I have known them to continue until Ajiril 27)" (A. W. Butleri. As is above stated the Blue Jay has a great number of calls, many of which are prim-ipally used during the mating season. BtO the writer has never heard a Jay give a call during that season that has not ))een heard during every other month from September to .luiie at some time during the past four years. Careful observations and a separate series of notes have lieeii nia-9. '03. The Meadowlark is another bird which migrates considerably by day. Tlie immense, noisy tlooks of Fel)iU!>ry and .March are ahva.vs on the move. Fift.v of these )»irds were seen as «>arl.v as January 21, t',)0::>, Hying over due north at a height which made it necessary to use a powerful tield-glass to identify them. This species, as well as most of the members of the family IrterUUn'. is noted for its gregjirious haliits. That the different species should show such habits Intvr sc. as do the swallows, is a more remarkable thing. That this seems to l)e tlie case is the only logical conclusion to be drawn from a study of local migration schedules. For instance, for a few days previous to Maicli 21. l!»o;>, .Meadowlarks and (Jrackles, both resident species were the only tctcr'nhr seen. On the 21st, however, these species l)ecame auguniented in nund)ers while Kust.v Urackles, Redwings and Cowbirds, not seen for several days before, again made their appearance in considerable numbers. This famil.v migration is to be observed in the IctfiiflfT at the time the s])ecies Ix'come abitndant and not at their tirst arrival. The Orioles move together in the same way and l)ecome nutner- ous at about the same time. 102. [506] IcU-ni.s xjxiriii.-^ {'Luni.'i. Orchard Oriole.* Common summer resident. a))undant and conspicuous during the spring migration. Ai)ril 17 to August 2U. These dates are each one day earlier than the recorded limits of its stay in the State. Six years out of ten, this species arrived before the Baltimore Oriole. This is a somewhat different proportion than the two out of fifteen obtained l)y A. W. Butler. The difiference may be explained ))y a change in habit, as the dates of arrival of the Orchard Oriole b(>fore that of its relative are all included in the last seven years in which idtservations have been made at this point. This change in date of arrival is probably correlated with the 104 steady increase in num1)ers in this species and decrease in the next iride Butler, Birds of Ind.. p. 800). The first song was heard April 28, 19(».'5. and males in the second year plumage were seen singing April 29 and May 10, 1903. The Orchard Oriole is an abundant breeder here; the nest and complement of eggs have been found May 17, 1901. MIGRATION RECORD. Year 1885. 1885. 1886. 1886. 1887. 1892. C.H.B. 4-21 4-22 4-28 C.H.B. C. H. B. 4-22 4-23= G.G. W. G.G.W. 4-24 4-27 E. M. K. First seen 4-26 Next Been Common Last seen 8-29 Abundant. 8-14 Abundant. Common. G. G. W. Year 1893. 1899. 1900. 1901. 1902. 1903. Observer First seen E.M.K. 4-17 N. B. M. 4-22 4-27 4-29 N.B.M. . 4-24 4-25 W. L. M. 4-28 4-29 5-3 W.L. M. 4-28 4-30 5-4 W. L. M. 4-24 4-28 4-28 Abundance Common. Common, Common. Abundant. AbundaDt. 103. [507] Icterus galbuJa (Liim.). Baltimore Oriole.* A rather abundant migrant and moderately common summer resident. April 18 to September 2. C. H. Bpllman in 1886 and B. W. .Evermann in 1887 indicated in their lists that this species was more aliundant than the last. The reverse is the case now. A quite regular migrant but it has arrived on the average about a week later since 1890 than it did during the eighties. Not nearly so common a summer resident as the last. Song April 28. 1903. .Tune 8, 1003 nest found hanging in an inaccessible posi- tion, on the end of an elm limb about 80 feet from the ground. The Vtird was incubating I believe (C. G. L.). MIGRATION RECORD. 105 Year 1884. 1885. 1885. 1886. 1887. 1892. Ob.«erver B. W. E. 4-20 C. H.B. 4-20 4-21 4-24 C.H.B. C.H.B. 4-20 4-22 4-24- B.W.E. 4-20 4-27- E.M.K. 4-28 5-7 9-2 Abundant. Common. Abundant. Common. B.W.E. "G. Q. W. Year. 1893. 1899. 1900. 1901. 1902. 1903. Observer First peen. . Next seen .. Common .. . Last seen . . Abundance E. M. K. 4-24 4-25 Rare. N.B.M. 4-2fi 4-27 4-28 N.B.M. 4-18 4-19 4-21 W. L. M. 5-6 5-15 W.L. M. 4-29 5-3 W.L. M. 4-28 4-29 4-29 Common. Common. Moder'tely Moder'telyi Common. I Common. I Common. 104. [509] El I J ihag > (s caroU.niis (Mull. ). Rusty Blackbird.* Rather common migrant. March 8 to May 10. November 15 to 21. MIGRATION RECORD. 1885. 1885. 1886. 1901. i9n?>. 1903. Observer First seen C.H.B. 3-14 3-17 3-18 4-12 Abundant. C.H.B. 11-15 11-16 B.W.E. 3-14 G.Hubbard W. L. M. 3-17 .^-16 W. L. M. 3-8 3-25 3-17 11-21 Common. 4-19 Tolerably Common. 5-16 Abundance .'. . Rfl re Tolerably Common. 106 : 105. [511b] Qiiit, 1903. For a period after the beginning of migration tlie females are absent. They were not seen until March 8, , 1001; March 23. lOti'J. (irackles bectmie abundant dnrin*;- the first week of March. ] A half-finished nest was foimd April 4 and a nest with three yotmg I i was found May 13. 1903. in a pine, about 5<> feet from the ground iV. G. L.). i Grackles i-oost in great nnndiers in the shade-trees of Bloomington j and in early spi-ing and in fall many Robins roost in the same places, i The calls of the Grackle, both the chiicJx- and the metallic notes may be ] heard at intervals after dark. 1 have heard them as late as 11 p. m. and ; as early as 3 a. ni. and would not li»' surjii-ised to learn that they are con- : tinned throughout the night. i 106. [514] HespcriphoiKi respcrtiiia (Coop.). Evening Grosbeak*. \ Very irregular and rare visitor. Seen only in January and April, 1887. j Mr. C. H. Bollman took a male on the University campus. Jantiarv 20. i 1887. Mr. G. <4. Williamson saw tlu' following numbers during April: ' 4 on the 27th; 2 on the 29th; and 2 on the 30th. \ 107. [517] < 'arjidddciiK jiiirj)!!!-!'!)^ {Gmel.}. Purple Finch. i Common migrant and irregular winter resident. 1'.. W. EVermann ' classes it as a frequent winter visitor and W. S. I'datchley says it wintered in 1882-3. It probabl.v wintere^l in 188r»-(;. as no last date is given in the fall migration schedule, nor any tirst date in that of the \ spring. The females remain later than the males in spring. I have heard j its song at Marion, Ind.. .March s. \'.HU). .\bire often observed in sycamore j 3 than in other trees. Most of them dejiarted .Vpi'il 14. 18S."> ((". II. B.). MIGRATIOX RIX'OKD. 10" 1885. IfiS.'S. 1886. 1901. 1902. 1903. C.H.B. C. II. B. G. fi.W. 1 W. L. M. AV. L. M. W. L. M. 3-14 11-8 3-27 12-20 3-17 3-8 3-18 3-18 4-2 f >/4-25 t P5-15 Abundant. 4-30 4-7- Common. '•■V. H. B. 4-19 Common. 5-4 108. [521] Lo.iia ritrrirostra minor (BTehm). American Crossbill. All exceedingly irregular species: has lieon found often in winter and has been reported a summer resident. The Red Crossbill was first reported from Monroe County, February 10, 1883, by B. W. Evermann who says it was common for some time after that date. The same authority also says that it was common dur- ing the winter of 1883-4. In both the spring and the fall of 1885 they were quite common. C. H. BoUman's record of its movements in the spring is as follows: 8 males and females seen March 2 and 3; the arrival of the bulk from the north took place March 8 and both sexes were then com- mon; in a letter to J. M. Wheaton he reported them still present March 13: and the last male was seen May 10 and the last female May 12. The bulk of the species departed April 1.5. From uncatalogued specimens in the collection of Indiana University the following additional dates were obtained: March 10; a male May l-I. During the year 1885 it w\is also reported to have bred at Bloomington. "Mr. Sam Hunter reports a pair to have nested in a pine here in 1885. He says the nest was made ex- clusively of pine burrs" (E. M. Kindle.). In the fall of 1885, C. H. Bollman reported the Red Crossbill October 4 and November 5, but gives no date for the last one seen, indicating that it remained throughout the winter, and, indeed, W. S. Blatchley reports it in his list of winter birds as a scarce resident during the winter of 1885-6. In the latter year, the first Crossbills Avei-e reported January 18, and fifteen or twenty were seen February 6 ((4. (i. W.). Crossbills, prob- abl.v of this species, but not exactly identified were reported February 23 lOS and INIarch 8, 1886. C. H. lidllinan saw eleven in a flr tree in Bloominaton June 24, and reported them also on July 10, 13 and 14 (P>. W. E.). After being reported quite often during this period of 4 years, Cross- bills were not again recorded until 1892, when six were observed by E. iJ Kindle and A. B. Ulrey on March 1. The last date recorded for this locality is March 3, 1893 (E. M. K.), when a crossbill probably of tliis species, was identified by note. 109. [522] Luxia leuroptcra Gmel. White-winged Crossbill. A very irregular visitor, much more rare than the last. White-winged Crossbills were first observed here February 6, 1883. On that date B. W. Evermaiiii tDok two males from a flock of fifteen in a yard on College Avenue, Bloomington. A female was taken February 10. and "two days later two more specimens were taken near the same place." (A. W. Butler, in "'Papers Read at the World's Congress of Ornithology" in Chicago, 1893-6.) Mr. Evermann also observed this bird February 23 (List of Birds of Carroll Coxinty, "Auk." 1889). C. H. Bollnian gives a queried record of this species for December 12, 1885. About five were identified by note. A. W. Butler says: "The only instance of its occurrence in summer in the Ohio valley is that given me by the late C. H. Bollman. He saw eleven in a fir tree in Bloomington, Ind.. June 24, 1886." However, on C. H. Bollman's schedule for 188G, this date is attributed to the other species, in the account of which I have placed it. 110. [528] AnaifJiis Jiiiart'a (Linn.). Redpoll. Irregular winter visitor. "B. W. Evermann identified a single bird at Bloomington in December. 1882" (A. W. Butler). C. H. Bollman reports "one seen" in his list of 1886, and "Mr. Chaunccy Juday obtained specimens from a flock of twenty at Bloomington, April 12. 1895" (A. W. Butler). W. S. Blafchley also reports one January 30, 1883. 111. [529] Astragali lui s trif (W. S. B.); taken February 10 and 12. 1883 (B. W. E.): seven seen Feb- ruary U, 1901 (V. H. B.). All were associated with Otocoris a. iirdficold. 115. [540] Pomcetes gnuiu'iiCHs (Gmel. ). Vesper Sparrow.* Al)uudant summer resident. February 19 to October 25. MIGRATION KECORD. Year 1885. 1885. 1886. 1887. 1892. 1893. C. H.B. 4-1 4-2 4-3 C. H. B. W.S.B. 4-8 4-10- G. G. W. 3-24 3-25" A. B. i:. 4-2 4-9'-- 4-17 E. M. K. 3-30 10-25 Abundant. Abundant. *B. W. E. Common. •E. M. K. -G. G. W. 1899. 1900. 1901. 1902. 1902. 1903. N. B. M. 2-19 2-24 3-25 N. B. M. 4-18 W.L. M. 3-24 W.L. M. 2-21 3-24 3-29 W. L. M. W.L. M. 3-17 3-18 4-25 3-17 10-19 Abundant. Abundance Common. Common. Abundant. Abundant. Abundant. 116. [ ] Passer doinestu-Ms CLinn.). European House Sparrow.* Exceedingly abundant resident. Appeared in Bloomington in 1875 (Butler). Nest and six eggs taken as early as February 20, '03 (C. G. L.). Tavo males were observed trying to mate with a female Song Sparrow, March Ill 2. 11)01 (W. L. M.I. During' llic iiiatin.u' scnsou English Sparrows oftt'ii engage in sueh earnest lighting tliat one or tlie otlier of the eontestants is left dead upon the tiehl. Their pugnacious encounters ai-e Ity no means confined to tliat season, lioAvever. On October Ki. 1!)(>2, two males were so deeply interested in their 1 tattle that they were both easily picked \ip in the hand. Flycatcliers are found in llie Sjiarrow family and the House Sparrow is one of these. They have been observed catching insects on the wing, swooping and returning to the same perch lilve Flycatchers. Some seem more adept than others: one seen, made two darts in the air before returning to the tree which was his headeen over- looked dm'ing many seasons imtil its more conspit-uinis cousin, with the brighter coloi's and startling insect-like trill, arrived. It is true that the two liirds are generally found together, liut it is ia-ob;il)le that the (»l)scure 112 little Savanna Sparrow is present at a given point in the State from a weelv to a month in advance of tlie Yellow-winged Sparrow every year. A nest identified as belonging to a bird of this species by Prof. J. R. Slonalcer was found May 17. 1901. It was built in a depression in the ground and was lined and partly arched over with dry grass. On May 22, there were Ave eggs. June 3, they were hatched. June 7, the nest was empty but probably not as a result of the natural course of events. In 1885 most of the individuals departed May 2. The Savanna Spar- row was taljen March 20. 1894. l»y E. M. Kindle in Brown Countv. MIGRATION RECORD. Year Observer .. First seen . Next seen . Common . . Last seen .. Aliundance 1885. 1885. 1886. 1892. C.H. B. 4-18 4-20 4-22 5-11 Very common C. H.B. 10-17 G.G. W. 4-10 4-16 E. M. K. 3-30 4-27- Not common *B. W. E. Year 1901. 1902. 1902. 1903. Observer ... First seen . . Next seen .. Common ... Last seen .. Abundance. W. L. M. 5-10 Common. W.L. M. 3-23 3-24 4-3 Common. \V. L. M. W. L. M. 3-17 I 3-18 4-12 9-1 Common. Common. 118. [546] Cotiirnk-uhts mvannayinu passerimts (Wils. ) Grasshopper Sparrow. Rather common summer resident (B. W. PI). April 12 to Oct. 4. Sung April 12. '03 (^^'. L. ]\l.i. A nest and well ineul)ated eggs found June ('>, 1902 (C. G. L.). MIGRATION KECORD. 113 Year . 1869. 1885. 1885. 1886. 1887. Observer First seen... Next seen... Common — Last seen . . . Abundance . I. U. Coll. 7-26 C. H.B. IS E.Meek. 4-20 j 4-23 I 4-25 8-1 10-4- Common. =C. H. B. B. W. E. 4-25 4-27 4-27 Rather Common. G.G.W. 4-25 1899. 1901. 1902. 1903. N. B.M. 5-11 5-13 5-16 W.L.M. 5-1 5-5 5-6 W. L. M. 4-19 4-25 W. L. M. 4-12 4-19 4-12 Common. Common. Common. Abundant. 119. [54:7] Ammudimnus hoisloirii {And. }. Heuslow's Span'ow. Rare summer resident. Mr. C. G. Littell saw a nest on the ground which contained four young almost ready to fly, .June 3, 1902. Mr. Littell made this report in 190.3. after he had become better acquainted with the bird at Winona Lake where it was collected. The accuracy of the record is thus assured. 120. [652] Chonch'stes grammacus {Srj). Lark Sparrow. Abundant summer resident. March 26 to August 26. In ISST B. W. Evermann classed it as rare and said it had not been seen here until in recent years. However C. H. BoUman found it abundant in 188.5. The Lark Sparrow has probably been increasing in numbers every year here. Song April 12, 1903. Mating May 6. 1902. Nest and four young on ground under a cedar limb. May .30. 1903 (C. G. L.). S— A. OF Science, '04. 114 MIGRATION RECORD. Year 1884. 1885. 1885. 1 1886. 1 1887. C. H. E. 3-26 C. H. B. 4-17 4-18 4-23 C. H. B. W.S. B. 4-21 4-22- (i.Q. W. 4-2I) 4-27 8-26 Abundant. i Abundance Abundant. Kare. B.W.E. Year 1893. 1901. 1902. 1903. E. M.K. 4-17 4-19 W.L. M. 5-7 5-13 W. L. M. 4 24 4-27 W.L. M. 4-12 Next seen 4-19 4-19 Not common Moderately common. Common. Abundant. 121. [554] Zunolrkliiu Irucophrifs iForst.). Wliite-crowiird Sparrow. Moderately common migrant. April 10 to May 1(>. OcTdlier 4 ti In 1885 most of them departed May 10 (C. H. B.). MIGRATION RECORD. Year 1885. 1885. 1886. 1887. 1893. Observer C. H. B. 5-1 5-2 5-4 5-14 Very common. C.H.B- 10-4 10-11 W. S. B. 4-13 4-22- 4-22t 5-5i? CO'mmon. -B. W. E. tB.W.E. >.G.G. W. G. G. W. 4-30 5-4 E. M. K. First seen 4-19 4-26 10-25 Not coirtmon 5-8 115 Year Observer . .. First seen .. Next seen . . Common . . . Last seen. . Almnilanee. 1900. N. B.M. 4-30 5-5 1901. W.L.M. 5-5 5-6 5-V 5-15 Common. 1902. 1903. W.L.M. j W.L.M. 4-10 5 4-12 4-20 4-28 5-4 Common. 5-16 Common. 122. [558] Zoiiittrirhia alhicoUis (Gmel.). White-throated Sparrow.* AbniKlant migrant. March 8, '03 (W. L. M.) to May IG. September 24 to November 22. Possibly I'are winter resident. Reported January 29. 1903 (P. J. H.). Song heard as early as March 9, 1903 and as late as November 8. 1902. On this late date the songs were loud, clear and distinct. "They remain with ns in spring as late as they can. Often they are seen mating, and some years, when they lingered long, they have been observed carrying sticks, as though they had thought to begin nest-buildlng. Some year Avhen they remain late. I shall not be surprised to learn that the im- perative demands of nature have impelled some of them to make their summer homes with us and build their nests'' (A. W. Butler). "April 30. 1902, in a lirush heap, in an old orchard, I found a White-throated Sparrow building a nest. The bottom of the nest was made of twigs, but every time she carried any material to the nest, a Catbird woidd fly down and take it away. The Catbird fought and chased the Spai-rows until they left the nest unhnished" (Gertrude Hitze). The bulk of the species departed May 10, 1885 (C. H. B.). MIGRATION RECORD. 1884. 1885. 1885. 1885. 1886. 1887. Observer C. H.E. 3-18 C.H.B. 3-18 4-25 5-14 Abundant. C.H.B. P4-8 4-20 4-25 5-15 Abundant. C.H.B. 9-24 10-3 10-10 11-8 Abundant. B.W.E. 4-12 4-ir 4-22 5-6 Common *G.G.W. a. Q. w. 4-11 116 Year 1892. 1900. 1901. 1902. VM2. 1903. 1903 Observer First seen A. B.U. N. B. M. 4-17 W. L. M. W. L. M. 3-9 3-14 3-25 5-4 Common AV. L. M. 10-5 10-12 10-26 11-9 Common W.L.M. 3-8 3-9 3-20 5-16 Abundant. W.L.M. Next seen Common 4-30 5-13 Common 11-22 123. [559] Siji:ella monficola (Gniel.). Tree Sparrow.* Abundant Avinter resident. October 12 to April 19. The song is often heard in spring: March 1 and 5, 1902, and March 9 and 17, 1903. MIGKATIO^" RECORD. Tear 1885. 1885. 1901. 1902. 1902. 1903. C.H.B. C. H. B. 11-4 11-15 12-26 W.L.M. W. L. M. W. L. M. 10-12 10-19 11-28 Common. W.L. M. 3-23 4-19 Abundant. 3-17 Common. 3-26 Very Common. 3-17 Abundance Abundant. Abundant. 12-1. [560] S jiizella socialis (Wils.). Chipping Sparrow.* Fig. 18. Abundant sumroer resident. March IG to November 9. Song March 17, 1903; March 26, 1902. Mating March 27, 1903. Nest found April 28, 1899 (N. B. M.); nest and four eggs Maj^ 2, 1903 (C. G. L.). Nearly full grown young seen witli mother and being fed by her May 20. 1903. There is a nest in the collection of the University which is composed of soft vegetable fibers or rootlets witliout a trace of horsehair. illGBATIOX RECORD. 1881. 1885. 1885. 1886. 1887. 1892. 1893 Observer C. H. E. 3-24 C. H.B. 4-1 4-2 4-3 C. H. B. W. S. B. 3-19 G.a.w. 4-1 E.M.K. 3-27 4-9 E.M.K. 3-20 3-23 5-24* Last seen 11-7 Abund't. Abunilance Abunil't. Common G. G. W. Common Coniinon Year 1899. 1900. 1901. 1902. 1902. 1903. Observer N.B.M. 4-12 4-15 N.B.M. 4-8 4-12 4-17 W. L. M. 3-25 3-27 W. L. M. 3-16 3-23 3-26 W. L. M. W. L. M. 3-27 3-18 3-20 11-9 Common. Abundan ce Common. Common. Common. Common. Abundant. 125. [563] Spizella pusilla {Wils.). Field Sparrow.* Fig. 19. Abundant summer resident. February 26 to November 8. Possibly rare Avinter resident. Reported January IT and February 2, 1903 (P. J. H.). Singing weakly February 26, 1902; in full song March 10, 1903. Mat- ing March 29, 1902. Nest and 3 eggs. May 3, 1903 (C. G. L.). This nest was on the ground at the base of a large weed. Nest and full set of eggs May 14. 1899: hatched May 18 (N. B. M.). A most abundant species in weedy fields. 118 MIGRATION KECOKD. Year 1884. 1885. 1885. 1886. 1887. 1893. Observer C.H. E. 3-18 C.H. B. 3-31 4-1 4-2 C. H. B. B. W. E. 3-15 3-25 3-26 G. G. W. 3-24 E. M. K. 3-30 U-8 Abundant. Abundant. Common. Common. Year 1899. 1901. 1902. 1902. 1903. Observer N. B. .\I. W. L. M. 3-17 3-24 3-24 W.L. M. 2-26 3-14 3-21 W. L.M. W.L. M. 3-1 3-3 4-15 3-15 11-5 Common. Abundance Common. Common. Common. Abundant. 126. [567] J imco hy emails (lAnn.). Slate-colored Junco.* Abundant winter resident. October 6 to May 1. Snatclies of song are often lieard in March and April and it has been heard singing in the fall; November 9 and 23, 1902. On November 23, 1902, a bright, sunshiny day, one of three Juncos was observed carrying dry blades of grass in its beak. It always gave them up in favor of new ones every little while and did not put many of them in the same place. On this same day a Junco was also heard singing a quite loud and pleas- ing song. This occurrence should probalily ))e classed with those phenomena which were discussed luidor the heading, "A Revival of Sex- ual Instinct" in "The Auk" a year or more ago. A similar thing has been noticed in the case of the English Sparrow. One was seen nest- building November 6, 1902. Where there are weeds there are Juncos. But briary fence rows, and thicketed gullies are centers of density in the Junco population. Ill) MIGHATIOX HECOKI). Year 1885. 1S92. 18J9. 1901. 1902. 1902. 1903. Observer C.H.B. 10-6 10-7 10-20 E.M.K. N.B.M. W.L.M. W.L.M. W. L. M. 10-12 10-14 10-19 W.L.M. Next seen .... Last seen 4-21 4-6 4-M Abundant. 4-27 Abundant. 5-1 Abundant. Abundant. 127. [57oa] Peucwa ivxtirdlig liKchnianli {And.). Bachman's Sparrow. Common mis>;rant ami not iuic(niimon siimmef ivsideiit. April (J, — . "April 24, 1884. IMof. W. S. Blatchley took two Bacliman's Sparrows from a Iirusli-pile in Monroe County. That was its tirst record tliere. It appeared regularly tliereafter l)etween April ti (1S8.">^ and April 29 (188rushy meadow. Here and in clearings where there are many oak saplings and in the uneven pastures where rosebushes and stunted cedars are plentiful, Bacliman's Sparrow is most often found. MIGRATIOX EECOKD. 1884. 1885. 1886. 1887. 1902. 1903. W.S. B. 4-24 C.H.B. 4-6 4-26 C.H.B. 4-29 5-8" U. G. W. 4-27 4-28 1 W. L.M. • W. L. M. 4-19 1 4-7 4-20 ! 4-8 4-12 Not rare. Not rare. -G.G.W. 128. [581] Melospiza cine i-ea melodia (Wil?,.). Song Sparrow.* Fig. 2(>. Alnindant during migratiou: common at other times Itvit more so in winter than in summer. The Song Sparrow is not a common breeder here. The most common songster, whose value is enhanced l)y his habit of singing Avhen most other l)irds are silent. The writer lias heard Song 120 Sparrows singing evei'y montli in tlie year. Following are dates Avlieu their song was heard in this locality, for ten months of the year: 9-28; 10-12; 11-8; 12-14, '02; 1-21; 2-22; 3-4; 4-4; 5-1; 6-9, '03. On April 8, 19(X). one was observed singing during flight. Though not a performer of intri- cate music, nor ostentatious either in his lay or his pretty self, to the person to Avhom are familiar our country lanes as they appear in the cool, quiet duskiness of vernal evenings, this domestic songster is the most Avelcome and the most cheerful and cheering of singing birds. May 3, 1903, nest and four young in a small, thick cedar in a sink- hole (C. G. L.). Many nests and eggs are found during the first week in June. 129. [583] Mdo,y)iza lincolnii {AaA. ) . Lincoln's Sparrow. Rare migrant; probably a more common and regular one. liowever than can be inferred from the data at hand. MIGRATION RECORD. Year 1885. 1885. C.H.B. 5-3 5-5 C.H.B. First seen 10-10 Next seen 10-11 10-25 Abundance Not common Not common 130. [584] 3felospiza gcurgiumt {'La.th.). Swamp Sparrow. Common migrant. March 5 to April 29, October 2 to November 3. "Reported by B. W. Evermann in winter, not seen by me before March 19" (W. S. B.). There is a possibility that the Swamp Sparrow is an occasional summer resident. A nest in the University collection from this locality is identified as belonging to this bird. In speaking of the breeding grounds, A. W. Butler says: "There it sings its song, but during the migrations it is songless." P. J Hartman and the writei- saw and heard the Swam]) Sparrow singing during a steady drizzling rain March 8, ]'.)08. the first date for the bird in that year. ll'l MIGRATION EECOKD. 1885. 1886. 1887. 1895. C. H.B. 10-17 10-28 W. S. B. 3-19 G. G. W. 3-26 Butler. First seen 3-5 11-3 Common. 4-19 Year 1902. 1902. 1903. 1903. W.L. M. 3-26 3-27 W. L. M. 10-12 W. L. M. 3-8 3-9 W. L. M. Next seen 4-24 Common. 10-26 Common. 4-29 Common. 10-2 Common. 131. [585] Fasserella iliam (MeTT.). Fox Sparrow.* Common to abundant migrant. February 20 to May IG. October .5 to November 28. Rare winter resident. January 17. 1903. In winter they are very restricted in their range. Though seen several times from November 28, 1902, to March 8, 1903, none were seen outside of a portion of the valley of Griffey Creek about one fourth of a mile long. The ex- ceedingly late date. May 16, 1903, is a record of six or seven Fox Spar- rows seen by the Nature Study Class and the writer along a creek bottom in the extreme eastern part of the county. ••It is said to have a clear, loud, melodious voice, and to sing a sweet song, which I have never heard, but hope to some spring, as they should occasionally give us a foretaste of the musical treat that is wasted— humanly speaking— on the uninhabited Hudson Bay Region" (A. W. Butler). The song of the Fox Sparrow is indeed loud and melodious and is in tone similar to that of the Chewiuk. I have heard it singing every spring that I have made observations in this locality. P. J. Hartman and myself heard the song many times during the spring of 1903. They begaii singing March 9. The bulk departed April 12, 1885 (C. H. B.). V2-2 MIGKA'lION RECOIU). Year 1884. 1885. 1885. 1886. 1892. 1895. Observer First seen C. H. E. 3-19 C.H. B. 3-18 3-27 3-31 4-19 Common. C.H.B. 10-0 10-14 B.W. E. G.G. W. W. S. B. 3-14 3-16 E. M.K. A.B. U. 2-20 2-27 A. W.B. Next seen Ooinrnon - Last seen 11-3 Rare. 3-25 Common. 3-30 Common. 4 20 Abundance Year 1901. 1902. 1902. 1903. 1903. Observer W.L.M. 3-24 W. L. M. 3-1 3-2 3-23 4-16 Common. W. L. M. W.L.M. W. L. M. First seen Next seen <'ommon 10-5 10-28 Common. 3-8 5-16 Abundant. Last seea 11-22 Abundance Common. (Common. 132. [587] J'ipilo rrytkropfifhalmax CLinn.). Towhee.* Fig. 21. Abundant migrant and summei' resident; common winter resident. There is always a noticeable period in spring when Chewinks are very scarce. This is probably due to the departure of our winter residents l>efore the arrival of migrants and summer residents. A marked example of this period of scarcity is found in the record for the spring of 1902. Up to the fifteenth of February, males and females were common and present in about equal numbers. From this date until the ninth of March, no Chewinks were seen. On the latter date, and for nearly a week there- after, although males were present, no females were seen. But on the twenty-fourth of March both sexes were equally a]>undant and the season of song was at its height. Thus in this spring there was a period twenty-three days in lengtli wlu'n tliey were absent: a period of a week when males only were present; and tinally another period oi" fifteen days during which the arrival of other birds l)rouglit the numbers up to the usual summer abundance. This hiatu.s is moi'e or less marked in every 123 year's rt'conl. That tlic iiiiih's mit;ra1t' first to tlic Iprccdin,.; ;;i'oiiii(l i> also nplit'ld l)y all other available data. MIGKATIOX HECOKl). Year. Male. Female. Observer. 1885 3-14 2-22-= 3-9 ■ B. W. E. 4-1 3-9 3-16 C. H. B. 1886 W. S. B. 1902 W. L. M. The Chewink begins singing early. The first perfect song was hearfl March 1, 1908. On Febrnary 20. however, and again on March 1, two of these birds were found rehearsing in low tones. The first was scratching among some l)riais and was going over his spring song very softly. The notes were exactly the same: the only difference was in the volume and the tone which seemed to express contentment rather than ecstacy. The other one. heard on the first of March, was sitting in some cedar brush with his feathers ruffled up. his bill suidv in his breast, muttering his score. This whole etfort was accomplished in rather a drowsy manner and he was so oblivious to his siuToundings, that he was not frightened by the presence of a human being within three feet of him. Immediately after this, I heard another Chewink give the song perfectly from the top of a chestnut tree. It was a beautiful chant and seemed tmusuall.v attractive on this rainy March morning. The same habit of rehearsal has been observed in several other birds, among which are the Song- Sparrow, White-throated Sparrow and browai Thrasher. Nest and tliree eggs found April 15, '03. Birds hatched on June 11. 1901. had flown June 10 (W. L. H.).A very late date is given by P.. W. Evermann. "August 19, 1S81. 1 found a Chewink's nest containing three fresh eggs, built at least three feet from the ground in a spice bush. Such is not common I believe." (Orn. and Ool., 1881.) 133. [593] Cardi nal k eardhmlis CLinn.). Cardinal.* Fig. 22. Abundant resident. Mating February 18, 11X11 : March 23, 1903. Nestbuilding April 12. 1!X>3, but, on the same date a nest was foimd which containetl three eggs. This was afterwards ascertained to be the full set. 124 The Cardinal is another one of those cheery birds which may be heard singing at all times of the year. Some winter dates of singing are: 10-19; 11-9, '02 and 1-1; 2-S, '03. On February 13. 1903, I heard a Cardinal sing- ing from the top of a cedar tree at 6 a. m.. and on passing the same place at 7 a. m. found him still at his music. 13-4. [595] Zamelodia ludovkiana (Linn. ). Rose-breasted Grosbeak.* Common migrant. "But few breed liere" (B. W. E.). Although the Rose-breasted Grosbeak has been reported a summer resident from locali- ties farther south than this (St. Louis, Cincinnati), such an occurrence is very unxisiial. The only record of its making its summer home ■ at Blooniington is that of B. W. Evermann in 1886. Song May 8, 1903. The date, November 12, 1888. is from an uncatalogued specimen in the ]Museum of Indiana Universitj' which was collected by a Mr. Chambers. The males seem to arrive earlier and depart later than the females. Neither so common nor so early a migrant now as formerly, MIGRATION RECOKD. 1885. 1885. 1885. 1886. 1887. Observer C.H.B. d'4-23 4-26 5-6 6-16 Abundant. C.H.B. P4-30 5-5 5 6 5-15 Abundant. C.H.B. 9-11 9-17 9-18 10-10 Abundant. B. W. E. 4-23 4-24-' 5-4 5-4 Common. ='W. S. B. G. G. W. 4-28 Last seen Abundance 1888. 1901. 1902. 1903. Observer Chambers. W.L.M. 5-7 W. L. M. 5-5 W.L.M. 5-8 11-12 Common. Common. Common. 12; 185. [59S] t'ii((ii<». in a latitude but little south of this. May 19, '03. nest and one egg found in a small bush along a road (C. G. L.). The males migrate from a few days to two weeks in advance of the females. MIGEATIOX RECORD. 1885. 1885. 1885. 1882. 1886. 1887. 1892. Observer First seen ... C. H. B. di-25 5-2 5-16 C.H.B. P&-9 5-10 5-16 C.H.B. B.W. E. 4-13 C.H.B. W.S.B. G.G. W. 4-22 4-23 4-24 G.G.W. 4-27 E.M.K. 5-4 4-30 10-17 Abundant. Abundant. Abundant. 1 Year 1893. 1895. 1900. 1901. 1902. 1902. 1903. 1903. Ob.*erver. .. E.M.K. 5-6 A.W.B. 5-2 IN. B.M. 4-28 W.L. M. 5-6 5-7 5-14 W. L. M. W.L.M. AV.L.M. 4-28 4-29 4-29 W. L. M. 5-4 Last seen .. 1 9-1 10-6 Abundance Common Common Common Common Abundant Abundant 13H. [604:] Spiza ayiifricana (Gmel.). Dickcissel. Abundant summer resident. April 23 to October 2. Song May 5, lfM33. Nest and 5 eggs in a low bush, in an old orchard, May 15, 1901. Nest and four eggs about three feet up in a Itush in a pasture, June 2, 1902 (C. G. L.). Both sexes arrive at the same time, and they are either mated upon arrival or mate verv soon afterwards. 126 MIGRATION RECORD. 1885. 18S5. 1886. 1887. 1892. 1893. Observer C. H. B. C.H. B. 4-30 C.H. H. G. G. W. 4-23 4-29 5-1 G.G.W. 5-2 A. B. U. ! K. M. K. 1 5-7 4--^» 5-1 5-4 5-10 1 10-2 Abundant. Abundant. Year 1895. 1899. 1901. 1902. 1903. < Ibserver A.W.B. 5-4 N. B. M. 5-11 5-13 5-16 W. L. M. W.L. M. 5-4 W.L. M. 5-5 5-10 Common 5-15 5-10 5-16 La.'it seen .... Abundance Common. Common. Abundant. I'iM. [608] PiraiKjd /'ri/tlfohwldx Vieill. Scarlet Tauager.-^^ Common migrant. Moderately common summer resident di. W. E.. '87>. April 22 to Septemlter T.). Sonu' and mating April "J'.t, liiii.".. Usmilly the males arrive before the fenuiles. sometimes as mucli ;is a week in advance. They arrive at the same time, however, in some years. B. W. K'vermann says that this si)ecies Avas moder;itely common here in the spring of 1881. Six were seen on one morning in ^lay. He says tliat this was the farthest north it had been reported in tlie St.itr ujt To Ihat time. MIGRATION RECORD. Year. 1882. 1885. 1885. 1885. 1886. B.W. E. 5-6 C. H. B. '4-26 4-28 5-10 C. H.B. /5-3 5-9 5-10 C. H. B. B. W. K. U. G. W . 4-22 4 -•^"? Common •I M Abundant ■1-21 Abundance Abundant. Abundant. 12' Year 1887. 1892. 1902. 1903. Observer G.G.W. •1-28 4-29 E.M.K. W. L.M. 4-23 4-27 W.L. M. 4-28 4-29 4-29 Last seen i Common. 138. [filO] PinuK/n rnhni (Liinn.). Summer Tanager.* Abundam iiiisi-ant .-ukI ronuiiou sumuu-r resident. April 1 to Sep- tember 28. Mated JMji.v 4. ^*My^■. nest and live eggs in a small apple tree near a pond. May 1!». 1002 (('. G. L.); nest and four eggs May 20. '01. The date. April 1. 1880, is from an uneatalogued specimen in the museum of Indiana I'niversity, by W. .V. Miilis. The first migrant in 1001 was a male in vari(>gnted ])luuiage. The males precede the females in migTation. MKIKATION RECOKD. Year Observer . . First seen . . Next seen , . Common . . . Last seen. . . Abundance. 1885. 1885. 1885. 1«8 1887. 1892. 1893. (MI. B. ^4-22 4-2:-) 5-3 Abundant. C. H. B. I C. II.B. /:4-26 ! 5-2 ! 5-3 Abundant. e-28 Abundant. C. H.B. B. W.E. 4-1- 4-18 5-4 O.G.W. 4-27 Common. A.B. U. I p].M.K. 5-1 5-28 E.M.K. 5-1 W. A. Miilis. Year. 1899. 1900. 1901. 1902. 1902. 1903. Observer First seen. . Ne.xt seen . . Common Last seen . . Abundance N.B.M. 5-9 5-11 £-16 N.B.M. 4-29 5-5 5-9 CommoQ. Common. W.L. M. 5-6 5-7 5-13 Common. W.L.M. 4-27 5-4 4-27 Common. W.L.M. i W.L.M. i '-''' j 52 5-10 9-1 Common. I Common. 128 In 1894 E. M. Kindle remarked upon the absence of this bird from Brown County while it was common in this, the adjoining county. During the last spring (1903) the Summer Redbird was common also in Brown County. 139. [611] Pw< (And.). Rougli-wiuged Swallow. Common migrant and rather common summer resident. April 13. B. W. Evermann found them abundant and mating at Gosport, May 8, 1886. Manj^ nests were nearly complete. MIGRA'flON RECORD. 1885. 1886. 1903. Observer C.H.B. 4-18 4-22 4-25 B. W. E. W. S. B. 5-1 5-8 5-8 W. L. M. First .«een 4-13 Next seen 4-14 Common 4-22 Abundance. Common. Rare. Common. 145. [6HJ] Anijx-h's cctlrnrntii (YieilL). Cedar Waxwing. Common summer resident; irregular at other seasons of the year, sometimes entirely absent for considerable periods, and again appearing in large numbers for a longer or shorter time. Nest and two eggs about six feet up in an isolated cedar, June 13, 1902 (C. G. L.). 146. [621] Liiiihix horeali.^ Xieill. Northern SJirike. Although stated to be a rare AA'inter visitor by C. H. Bollman in 1SS6, there are no actual records for this region except those of February 8, and 23, 1902. It was observed in Brown County, November 18. 1894 .^4-23 4-25 5-3 5-13 Common. C.H.B. P4-25 5 2 5-3 5-13 Common. C.H.B. 9-22 C. H. B. ^\■ s B First seen G. G. W. 4 24 Next seen 4-;:(i Common Last seen 9-27 Not Common. 5 6 Abundance . 1887. 1902. 1903 • Observer G.G. W. W. L. M. 4-27 W. L. M. Firtt seen 4-30 Next seen 5-1 Common 5-3 5-4 5-5 Abundance Rare. 151 177. [673] nnidrnini (li.'. Has always l)eeii found in dccply-tliickolrd woods. MIGRATION RECOKl). Year Observer — First seen. .. Next seen. ■• Common — Last seen , . . Abundance 188i. 1900. 1903. C. H.B. 4-26 Rare. N. B. M. 5 5 W. L. M. 5-12 5-16 Rare. 178. [674] S/'inrnx aiirdrajiilliiit iJjhm.). Oven-bird. Common summer resident. April 1!) to October 12. Formerly abund- ant (C. H. B., 1886). MIGEATION RECORD. Year Observer . . . First seen . Next seen . . Common . .. Last seen . . . Abundance. 1885. C. H B. 4-19 4-20 4-25 1885. 1886. C. H. B. Abundant. C. H.B. 4-22 4-24 10-3 Abundant. Common. 1901. W. L. M. 5-7 Common. Year Obser\ er . . First seen Next seen Common . ba't seen , Abnnda'. e( 1902. W. b. M. 4-20 Common. 1902. 1903. 1903. W. L. M. W. L. M. 4-28 10-12 Common. Common. W.L. M. 9-20 Common. 152 179. [675) Seiurus noreboi'acensi>i {Gmel.). Water- Thrush. Common migrant. March 27 to May 5. September 14 to 18. .Song- April 12, 1903. MIGRATION RECORD. Year. 1885. 1885. 1886. 1887. 1900. 1902. C. H. B. 4-3 4-4 C.H. B. 9-14 G.G. W. 4-17 4-23 4-17 4-23 Common G. G.W. 4-11 4-12 N.B.M. 4-17 5-5 VV. L. M. 3-27 4-10 4-5 9-18 I'ommon 4-21 5-5 Common 1903. Observer.. . First seen . . Ne.xt seen . . Common.. . . Last seen. .. Abundance. W. L. M. 4-12 4-16 4-28 Common 180. [675a] Seiarus norebnmn'usis iKittiltilis (Ridgw. ). Grinnell's Water- Thrush. Rare migrant. A specimen taken April 23, 1886, by G. G. Williamson is referred to this form. Probably Grinnell's Water-Thrush will be found to be as numerous as the last when more specimens are obtained for exact identification. The differences are rather slight and more relative than absolute, and as the birds seem to vary considerably, it is no wonder that there has been no distinction made between the two forms in the migration records. A specimen of this Water-Thrush taken at Indianapolis, May 14, 1875 (D. S. Jordan), shows a variation in a generic character. All parts of definitions of the genus Seiurits and of li.eys referring to the tail feathers are substantially as the following from Ridgway (1902): "Inner webs of lateral rectrices without white terminal spot." The individual under consideration has distinctly marked, white, terminal spots on the first and second outer rectrices of the right side, and slight indications of spots on the two opposite, outermost tail feathers. 181. [676] Sciurtiit motaciUa {Yieill.). Louisiana Water-Thrush. Rather common summer resident. March to September 1. Song April 12, 1903. May 10, 1903, nest and six eggs, among rocks and roots above the mouth of a cave (C. G. L.). June 3, 1901, nest of leaves, grass-lined, under an overhanging ledge (at the same place). It contained six young (W. L. H.). . All the tangled ravines and cascaded cave outlets ring with the striking song of the Louisiana Water-Thrush in April and e;irly May. 153 A specimen labeled, Bloomingtoii, Marcli, 1885, Foster Higlit, Fniversity collection. It has been recorded as early in Indiana (ince before (March 30, '06— Sedan), but such dates are rare. MIGKATION KECORD. is in the at least Year 1885. 1886. 1901. 1902 1902. 1903. C.H.B. 4-18 4-19 4-25 G. G. W. B. W. E. W. S. B. 4-4 4-10 4-27 W. L, M. 4-12 W. L. M. 4-13 4-20 W.L. M. W. L.M. 4-5 4-7 Common 9-1 Common. Abundance Common. Common. Common. Common. 182. [677] G<'hlllua ("^iU.). Mourning Warbler. Rare migrant. Soon cm llie Itltli. 17tli. and 27tli of May. ISS.j, by C. H. Bollmann. 185. [681] (liothlnjii^ Irirhn^ (JAnw.). Maryland Yellow-tln-oat. Abundant summer resident. April 20 to October 19. f^'ong April 28 to September 20. 190.3. :\[ay 29, 1901, five young with pin-feathers were found in an arched nest in a bunch of dry, grass. June 12, 190.3. four young about four or five days old were found in a clump of grass about six inches above the ground (C. G. L.). MIGRATION RECORD. 1899. 1900. 1902. 1902. 1903. 1903. Observi r N. B. M. 4-29 N. B. M. 4-24 5-5 W. L. M. 4-24 4-25 5-4 W. L. M. W. L. M. 4-24 4-28 4-28 W. L.M. 10-19 Abundant. 9-24 Abundance Common. Abundant. Abundant. Abundant. 186. [688] Ictc ria rireiiK (\jun\.). Yellow-breasted Cluit. Abundant summer residonl. A]iril 24 to September 28. Song A]iril 2S, lOii;!. .M;iy 17. lixi."',. a nosr and one egg foinid in a dead biisli. A\liich was. however, in a dens;' (4uiiip oi living huslies. The nest was found four feet iiiuh. It contained four eggs. ^Nlay 2(» (C. CJ. L.). 155 MIG15ATIOX RE(OKn. ~-^i^ 1885. 1885. 1886. 1887. 1892 1903. ('. H.B. C. H. B. 4-25 5-3 5 8 0. Ct.W. C. H. B. 4-21 4-25 G.G. W. 4-30 A B. U. E. M. K. 5-4 5-7 5-13 E. M. K. Fir?t seen 4-30 8-30 Abundant. Abundant Common. Common. 1899. 1901. 1902. 1902. 1903. 1903. Observer N. B. M. 4-29 W L. M. 5-4 5-7 W.L.M. 4-24 4-27 W. L. M. W.L.M. 4-28 4 29 5-3 W. L. M. 4-29 5-4 9-28 Abundant. 9-24 Abundance Common. Common. .Abundant Abundant. Abundant. 187. [684] W il.^oiiiii itiitriila (Gmel.). Hooded Warbler. Rare summer resident. April 20 to September 14. "At Bloomiugtou, Mr. G. (r. AVilliamson found a nest with six young of tbis species in a Imsli, May 27, 1S86. It seems to occur there regularly" (A. AV. Butler). No females were seen in 188.") until May 2. The last migrants in the fall of tliat Aoar were males. MIGRATION RECOni). Year Oljserver . Firs- scon Next seen . Common Last seen Abundance 1885. C. H. B. 4 20 4-21 5-9 Rave. 18S5. C. IL B. 8-' 9 9-11 • 9-14 Bare. 188(5. a.G. W. B. W.E. 5-8 5 26 Rare. 1887. 1902 G.G. W. 5-7 \V. L. M. 9 1 E a re . 156 188. [685] Wnsoidapmilla (Wila.). Wilson's Warbler. Rare migrant. May 8-14. August 31 to September 18. The extreme dates are also the limits of its stay in Indiana. MIGBATION RECORD. 1885. 1885. 1886. C.H.B. 5-14 C.H.B. 8 31 B. W.E. 5-8 9-18 Rare. Rare. Rare. 189. [686] TI7/,soH7'(( r«Hoc/f'».s/.s (Linn. ). Canadian Warbler. A more common migrant than either of the last two species. 27 to May 18. August 26 to September 15. April MIGKATIO.X RECORD. Year 1885. 1885. 1885. 1886. ■ C.H.B. ^■4-28 5-8 5-17 Common. C.H.B. P5-9 5-12 C. H. B. 8 20 8-28 W.S. B. B. W. E. 4-27 5-4 5-18 Common. 9-15 Common. 5-15 Abumlance Common. 190. [687] Setophaga nitin'lla CLinn.). American Redstart.* Abundant migrant and common summer resident. April 12 to October 19; the limits of its residence in the State. Scarce in 1885 and 1886 (B. W. E.). Song April 12, 190-3. Nest and three eggs June 12, 1882. The males arrive about a week in advance of the females. In fall Redstarts are very almndant and are found nearly evei-ywhore. MIGRATION RECORD. 157 1SS5. 1885. 1885. 1886. 1887. 1892. C.H.B. ^4-21 4-22 5-11 C.H.B. >^4-30 5-10 5-11 C. H. B. G. G. W. A.W.B. 5-12 5-26 G. G. W. 4-29 5-1 A.B. U. 4-30 10-9 Common. Common. Common. 1 1893. 1900. 1902. 1902. 1903. 1903. E. M. K. 5-6 N. B. M. 5-5 W.L.M. 4-27 W. L. M. W. L.M. 4-12 4-13 4-28 W. L. M. 10-19 Abundant. 9-20 Abundance Not common Abundant. Common. 191. [697] A nlhii.'^ pensilvanicu.v {Ijatii.}. American Pipit.* Common migi-ant (C. H. B.. 'S(i). May 17-18— common 19, 1885 (C H. B.). April 1, 1901. The Pipit probably occurs regularly in considerable numbers, and the above record is imperfect on account of faulty observation. 192 [708] Mi mu-s poh/f/loltos CLinn.). Mockingbird.® Moderately common summer resident. The Mockingbird was first noted in this locality April 29, 1882, by B. W. Evermann. He says that Bloomington was the farthest north it had been observed in the State at that time. C. H. Bollmann says it was very rare in 1886. He obtained a set of eggs in 3884. Song April 2, 1903. Two nests were complete April 30, 1901. They were on the northeast pike about one fourth mile apart. The males were singing about these nests both day and night. May 2, 1902, a nest and two eggs were taken from a small thorn bush. The eggs had been broken in some manner (W. L. H.). June 6, 1902, a nest and fresh eggs were found about three feet up in a hedge (C. G. L.). 158 5IIGEATI0N RECORD. Year 1882. 1885. 1886. 1893. 1901. 1902. 1903. Observer First seen B. W. E. 4-29 C. H.B. 5-13 ft ft. W. C. H.B. 5-2 6-1 E.M. K. 5-15 5-18 V.H. B. W. L. M 3-24 4-30 W. L. M. 3-31 . 4-27 5-10 W. L.M. 4-2 4-3' Abundance Rare. Rare. Rare. Common. Common. Common. 193. [704] Galeoscoptes ramlineii.^is iLiinn.). Catbird.* Abundant summer resident. April 2 to October 0. Song April 9 to September 20, 1903. Nestbuilding May 3, 1903. Nest and two eggs May 7, 1902 (G. Hitze). On May 12, 1902, five eggs were taken from a nest; a new nest was begun on the next day; the lining was partly made on the 14th and the nest was finished on the 16th. There was one egg on the 17th and four on the 20th. A nest with four fresh eggs was found June 4, 1901 (W. L. H.). The earliest and latest individuals seen are generally found in the woods in deep-tangled thicliets; consequently Catbirds are rarely seen at the extreme dates indicated aliove. MIGRATION RECORD. Year 1885. 1885. 1886. 1887. 1892. 1 1893. C.H.B. C.H.B. 4-20 4-21 4-24 W.S. B. C.H.B. 4-16 4-17 (4.G.W. 4-25 4-27 E.M. K. E.M.K. First seen 4-22 4-10 Ne.xt seen 4-27 4-17 4-27 4-20 10-6 Abundant Abundant. Common. Common. 15'J 189.'. 1900. 1901. 1902. 1903. 1903. N.B..M. 4-28 4-29 4-29 N. 15. iM. 4-14 4-Ui 4-20 W. L. M. 4-28 5-3 5 5 W. L. M. W. L. M. 4-5 4-9 4-28 W.L. M. First seen Next seen Coininon 10-5 Common. 9-20 Abundance Common. Common. Common. Abunflant Abundant. 194. [705] To.raxfoina rufnin (Linn.). Brown Thrasher.* Figs. 25-6. Common summer resident. ^larch liS to October 12. Song March 20, 1903. Nest begun April 4. 1903. Nest and four eggs in a berrj^ bush in a corner of a yard, April 20. Young out of nest May 8 (C. G. L.). Four young flying about freely May 13. Nest with 3 eggs as hite as June 0, '02 (G. Hitze). One of our best songsters; most often found just on tlie outskirts of town. MIGHATIOX RECORD. Year 1884. 1885. 1885. 1886. 1887. 1892. 1893. Observer First seen .... C. H.E. 3-23 C. H. B. 4-t 4-5 4-18 C. H.B. W. S. B. B. W. E. G. G. W. 3-28 4-5 4-14 G. G.W. 4-12 E. M.K. A. B.U. 4 2 4-9 4-9 E. M. K. 4-2 4-6 Common 4-6 10-3 Common. Common. Common. Common. Year 1899. 1900. 1901. 1902. 1902. 1903. Observer N. B. M. 4 16 4-19 4-21 N. B. M. 4-23 W. L.M. V. H B. 4-7 4-10 4-14 W. L. M. 3-16 3-24 4-23 W.L. M. W L. M. 3-20 3-21 4-3 10-12 Common. Abundance Common. Common. Common. Common. Common. 160 195. [718] Thrijothonis ludoviclanm CLath.). Carolina Wren.* Common resident. Sings at all times in the year. The Carolina Wren became common here about 1883 (B. W. K). "It was heard nearly every day that winter." An inhabitant of dense thickets and brush-piles. Not often seen away from these places except when singing. Ordinarily a very hard bird to flush. Several times the writer has cornered a Carolina Wren in a brush-pile, and walked up to the edge of it without the bird leaving. Once, even, I walked over a brush-heap with a wren in it and the bird left only when the heap was torn to pieces. (March 3, *01). Another instance of this habit is as follows: On a cold, snowy, windy day, I was investigating the base of a hollow tree. After rummaging around on the inside for three or four minutes, 1 touched a Carolina Wren which then flew hastily out (February 2, '02). 196. [719] Thrtjomanes brwickii (Aud.). Bewick's Wren.* Very common summer resident. March G to October 12. Bewick's Wren was taken in this county as early as 1876 (Ind. Univ. Mus.). It was a common summer resident ten j^ears later, and now is very common and almost entirelj^ replaces the next species (T. aedon) which is a rather rare bird. Song March 13, 1903; breeding March 25, 1901. Nest and eight eggs in an old sack hung over a fence, April 14, 1903 (C. G. L.). Most frequently found near houses; common in the city; a persistent songster in Max'ch and April. MIGRATION RECORD. Year 1885. 1885. 1886. 1887. 1893. Observer C. H. B. 4-5 4-7 4-18 C.II. B. G.G.W. W.S. B. 3-26 4-8 G.G.W. 4 2 4-13 E. M.K. First seen 3-20 iJast seen 0-2V Not eonunou Common. Common. Common. 161 Year 1899. 1900. 1901. 1902. 1903. Observer N. B. M. 4-13 4-14 4-21 N. B.M. 4-2 4-7 4-15 W. L.M. 3-25 3-26 W. L. M. P.J.H. First seen W.L.M. 3-6 3-8 3 21 CoDimon Last seen 10-12 Common. Common. Common. Common. Common. 197. [721.] Troglodytes aedon Yieiil. House Wren.* Fig. 9. Rather rare summer resident. March 9 to September 16. The House Wren was a rare summer resident and less common than T. bewickii in 1887 (B. W. E.). A nest of the House Wren was found April 25, 1903, in a tin can sit- ting on a fence. The nest was just completed and contained no eggs (C. G. L.). May 21, 1902, seven well-feathered young were found; two days later these had flown (G. Hitze). The dates for 1901 would probably be more correctly attributed to T. heu-ickii. The song was heard that year on February 21 (V. H. B.). MIGRATION RECORD. Year 1885. 1885. 1886. 1887 C. H. B. 4-19 4-20 5-6 C.H.B. G.G. W. 5-1 5-14 G. G. W. First seen 4-30 Next seen Common Last seen 9-16 Not common Abundance Common. Year 1892. 1901. 1903. Observer A. B. U. E. M. K. 3-27 3-31 V. H. B. 2-11 2-13 3-18 W.L.M. First seen 3-9 Next seen 4-29 Common Last seen Abundance Common. Rare. 11— A. OF Science, '04. 162 198. [722] Olbiurchilm. hiemalis (Vieill.)- Winter Wren.* Rare in winter; more common during the migrations. October 4 to May 3. Absent during the winter 1902-3. Most of the individuals departed April 19, 1885 (C. H. B.i. MIGRATION RECORD. Year 1885. 1885. ^Rm. 1887. 1900. 1901. 1903^ Observer First seen C.H B. C.H.B. 10-4 10-9 (i.G.W. G.«.W. N.B.M. V. II.B. W. L. M. Next seen 4-4 5-3 Not common Last seen . . . 4-24 Not common 4-20 Not common 4-17 3-3 4-30 Abundance... Common 199. [725] Telmatodytes palustris (Wils.). Long-billed Marsh Wren. Rare migrant. May 10, 1886 (C. H. B.— G. G. W.); May 13 (B. W. E.); September 29, 1903, common. 201). [728] Cciihla familiar is americana (Bouap.) Brown Creeper.* Rare in winter, common in spring and fall (C. H. B., '86). September 27 to May 30. In April this bird may generally be found wherever there are Kinglets. Most of them departed April 20, 1885 (C. H. B.). MIGRATION RECORD. 1885. 1885. 1886. ^ , 1887. 1888. 1899. Observer C.H.B. 4-1 4-2 4-4 4-25 Common. C.H.B. 9-27 10-4 G. G. W. 4-13 4-18 G. G. W. 4-9 4-11 G.G. W. La.st seen 5-30 4-10 Common. Common. Common. 163 Year 1900. 1901. 1902. 1902. 1903. 1892. Observer First seen N.B. M. 4-8 4-12 V. H. B. 3-9 3-18 W. L. M. 3-12 3-27 4-13 4-19 Common. W. L. M. 11-18 W. L. M. 1-17 1-18 E.M. K. Next seen Common 4-17 Not common 12-14 Common. 4-12 Common. 4-7 Abundance 201. [727] SUtn caroUnensls Lath. White-breasted Nuthatcli.* Common resident. Attempts at song Marcli 8, 1902; five days earlier they were seen going in and coming ont of a cavity in a tree, which they afterwards used as a nest. 202. [728] Sitta camidensis Linn. Red-breasted Nutliatch.* Common migrant and rare winter resident. September 20 to May 12. "They were found wintering at Bloomington the winters of 1882-3 and 1885-0" (Blatehley). Also winters of 1884-5; 1902-3. MIGRATION RECORD. Year 1883. 1885. 1885. 1886. 1886. 1887. Observer B. W. E. 2-10 C.H.B. 1-31 2-2 W.S. B. C.H.B. 10-2 10-7 B. W. E. W.S.B. 2-22 2-23 W.S.B. G.G. W. 5-12 Not Common. n-25 Not Common. 4-2t Not Common. 12-21 Common. 5-7 Rare. Year 1901. 1902. 1902. 1903. 1903. Observer V. H.B. W.L. M. 2-28 3-10 W. L. M. 10-12 10-26 W.L.M. 1-14 1-18 4-29 5-2 Common. W.L.M. First seen 9-20 Next seen 9-24 Common 9-25 4-7 4-24 Rare. 11-30 Rare- Common. 16-1: 203. [731] Bivolophm bicolor CLinn.). Tufted Titmouse.* Abundant resident. Nestbuilding April 12, 1903; May 7, 1901. An ubiquitous species with a great variety of calls and songs. 204. [735] Parus atricapillus Linn. Chickadee.* Seen here only as a winter visitor. November 7 to May 15. It is probably not a common winter resident, though so reported by 0. H. Boll- man ('86). W. S. Blatchley says it was as common a winter resident, and B. W. Evermann says it was as common a resident as P. carolinensis in 1886. N. B. Myers says a few breed, but most of them go north. The latter records are probably due to confusion with the next species. All the specimens in the University collection liave been examined and only one from this locality that was labeled P. atricapillus was identified correctly. There are, however, several unlabeled ones which come under this species. Its true status is that of an uncommon winter visitor. MIGRATION RECORD. Year 1884.! 1885. 1886. 1892. 1895. 1899. 1900. Observer C. H.E. C. H.B. W.S.B. A. B. U. L.Hughes. 11-7 N.B.M. N.B.M. Common 3-26 4-16 Common. i Last seen 3-3 5-15 2-13 5-2 4-28 205. [736] Parus carolinensis Aud. Carolina Chickadee.* Common resident. Seen more often aud in greater numbers after March 8, 1903; February 18, 1902; April 30, 1885 (O. H. B.). Song January 18 to November 28, 1902. Mating March 15, 1902; nest- building April 14, 1901. May 29, 1901, four young with pin-feathers and one egg were fouud in a nest about three feet from the groimd in a wil- low stub. The nest was about three inches in depth and was lined with rabbit fur and other soft materials. The young were not yet able to sit on a perch, June 3 (W. L. H.). 206. [748] Regulns satrapa Licht. Golden-crowned Kinglet.* Abundant migrant and rare winter resident. February 4 to May 7. September 21 to November 28. ''They are reported as winter residents from Bloomiiigton (Kverniann. Blatchley). Also by G. G. Williamson. 165 Song heard April 16, 1902. This bird has a surprisingly loud, sharp whistle, with a somewhat ventriloquial effect. ' On April 6, 1902, a Golden-crowned Kinglet was observed to catch a moth of apparently half its own size. It took several minutes time and much trouble to finish the insect and it was dropped once but was recov- ered and finally disposed of. MIGBATION RECORD. Year 1884. 1885. 1885. 1886. 1887. 1892. 1893. 1895. Observer... B.W. E. 2-10 C.H.B. C. H.B. 10-3 10-5 10-9 10-25 Abundant G.G.W. a-19 G.G.W. E. M. K. 4-4 4-9 4-9 4-24 Common E. M. K. 2-4 2-11 L.Hughes. 4-2 4-19 Abundant 4-13 4-13 . ... 5-7 11-7 Rare. Common Year. 1899. 1900. 1901. 1902. 1902. 1903. 1903. ObserTer X. B. M. X. B. M. First seen 4-10 4-4 Next seen 4-13 4-6 Common La8t seen 4-12 Abundance W. L. M. V. H.B. W.L.M. 3-20 3-27 3-22 3-28 4-5 4-15 4-21 4-23 Abundant. Common W. L. M. W. L. M. 10-5 10-16 10-18 11-28 3-18 3-19 3-23 4-19 W. L. M. 9-21 9-22 9-21 Common Abundant. Abundant. 207. [749] Regvlus calendula CLiim.). Rubv-crowned Kinglet.* Abundant migrant and rare winter resident. March 23 to May 18. September 21 to October 24. "They have been noted, in winter, in Mon- roe County, by Profs. Evermann and Blatchley." (A. W. Butler.) Song April 5, 1901; 10, 1903. Mating April 19 and 24, 1903. April 10, 1903. Heard a Ruby-crowned Kinglet singing a varied and pretty song which was so loud that it did not seem possible that so small a bird could produce it. The Ruby-crown also gave a little chuck, a short whistle, and another note like that of a Canada Nuthatch, but less com- plaining. The last note was repeated several times. On April 19, two Ruby-crowns were seen, one of which with crown erected and singing, was chasing the other. Was this not mating? On the 24th two other in- .166 dividuals were seen doing the same thing, and another was heard singing. The song reminds one of nothing more plainly, than of the softer, less ambitious efforts of a canary. It is varied with little chirps and chtick and chin- notes. The bulk left May 2. 1885 (C. H. B.). MIGBATION RECORD. 1885. 1885. 1886. 1887. 1892. 1893.- Observer First seen C. H. B. 4-18 4-19 4-22 5-11 Abundant. C. H. B. 9-28 10-3 19-8 10 24 Abundant. C. H. B. G.G. W. 4-19 4-22 G.G.W. 4-10 4-11 E. M. K. 4-9 4-23 4-27 5-18 Not common E. M. K. 4-19 4-24 Common. Year 1901. 1902. 1902. 1903 1903. Observer W.L.M. 3-29 W. L. M. 4-6 4-11 4-13 4-27 Common. W. L. M. 10-2 10-4 10-2 10-15 Common. W. L. M. 3-23 3-25 3-23 4-:^o W. L. M. First seen 9-21 Next seen 9-22 9-21 4-5 Common. Abundance 208. [751] Polioptila ccemlea (Linn. ). Blue-gray Guatcatcher.* Figs. 27-8. Common summer resident. April 5 to September 12. Song and mating April 12, 1903. A nest containing one egg of a Cowbird was found April 22, 1880 (B. W. B.), This was ten days after their arrival. Three days after they arrived in 1902 Gnatcatchers were seen nestbuilding (April 24); the nest was half-finished on the 27th. In 1903 no completed nest was found until the 27th of April, which was 20 days after their arrival. On May 26, 1903, a nest and four well-incubated eggs were found. The nest was saddled on a limb of a small elm, about fourteen feet from the ground (0. G. L.). W. S. Blatehley (1888), in "The Audubon Magazine," describes a two-story nest of the Blue-gray Gnatcatcher. taken near Bloomington. A Cowbird had deposited an egg k; » I in the nest proper and the second story was built over this egg (A. W. Butler). MIGEATION RECORD. Year 1885. 1885. 1886. 1887. 1892. C. H.B. 4-5 4-6 4-17 C.H. B. B. W. E. 4-12 4-13 G.(J. W. 4-11 A.B. U. First seen E.M.K. 4 17 Next seen 4-2.3 Common Last seen 9-12 Common. 1 ... Abundance Coin m on Comiuon. 1893. 1899. 1901. 1902. 1903. E.M.K. 4-6 5-4 N. B. M. 4-13 4-15 W L. M. C. H.E. 4-29 5-1 W. L. M. 4-15 4-19 4-19 W. L..M. First^cen 4-7 4-11 4-12 Common. Comtiion. 2m:- [Ib^y HylociihlamustelinaiGmeL). Wood Thrush.* ConHnori summer resident. April 12 to October 12. Song May 4, 1904 (F. E. L.). Nest and eggs May G, 1886 (B. W. E.i. -A resident of the deeper woods. There his fine' song liiay be heard at its best in early May. MIGRATION RECORD. . Year. 1885.- 1885. 1887. . ■ 1892. Observer First seen... Next seen . . Common ... Last seen .. . Abundance . C. H. B. 4-20' 4-21 4-28 0.-tf.B; Abundant. 9-19 Abundant. W. S, B. C.H. B. .a..G. W,. 4-17 4-22 4-24 Abundant. G. G. W. 4-25 A. B. U. 5-7 168 1900. 1901. 1902. 1009 1903 N.B.M. 5-2 5-4 5-9 W.L. M. 5-6 W.L. M. 4-24 4-25 W. L. M. W. L. M. First seen 4-12 Next seen 4-17 Common 5-5 10-12 Moderat'Iy Common. Moderat'Iy Common. Common. 210. [766] Hylockhla fuscescens {Steph.). Wilson's Thrush. Rather rare migrant. April 23 to May 16. September 1 to 13. parently common in 1885 (C. H. B.) now the rarest of the Thrushes. Most of the birds departed May 10, 1885 (C. H. B.). Ap- MIGRATION BECORD. Year 1885. 1885. 1885. 1902. 1903. Observer C. H. B. 4-23 4-26 5-4 5-16 Common. C. H.B. 9-1 9-8 C.H.B. W.L. M. 5-4 W. L. M. First seen 4-26 Next seen Common Last seen 9-13 Common. 5-13 Common. Rare. 211. [757] Hylocichla aliciae (Baird). Gray-cheeked Tlu:ush. Rather uncommon migrant. April 10 to May 17. September 2 to 25. Formerly much more common; abundant in 1885 (C. H. B.). Some question has been raised about the validity of the records of early arrival of the present species in the central states. The dates recorded are earlier than those noted for the arrival of the species on the southern coast of the United States. If these records are proved to be correct, they will establish what is at least not a common phenomenon of migration a journey from Central America, at least, across the Gulf and half across the continent before a stop is made. The very number of these early records from different points and by different observers in Indiana, is almost sufficient proof of their reliability. Some of these records are: Spearsville, April 14 and 15, 1894; April 3 to 10, 1895 (V. H. Barnett); Laporte, April 10 to 12, 1892 (Charles Barber); Brown County, 169 April 14, 1894 (E. M. Kindle) and Bloomington, April 10, 1903 (W. L. M.). It is claimed that the more usual and expected occurrence would be the arrival of this species at about the time of arrival of Wilson's and the Olive-backed Thrushes. Further observation and especially collection of specimens is needed to settle the question. The Gray-cheeked Thrush is only rarely recorded as late as early October, as are also the Veery and Swainson's Thi-ushes. But a specimen is recorded in the catalogue of the Indiana University Museum, taken by David Starr Jordan, November 1, 1875, at Indianapolis. MIGRATION RECORD. 1885. 1885. 1886. 1903 C. H. B. 4-22 4-25 5-3 5-17 Abuudant. C. H.B. 9-2 9-4 9-5 9-25 Abundant. G. G. W. W.S. B. 5-1 5-17 W. L. M. First seen 4-10 4-20 212. [758a] Hylocichla ustulatus swainsonii (CaJo.). Olive-backed Thrush. Rather rare migrant. April 28 to May 19. September 1 to October 2. C. H. BoUmann considered this species an abundant migrant in 1885. At present only a few are seen each year. Most of the individuals departed May 17, 1885 (C. H. B.). Perhaps the reduction in numbers of all the less hardy, wood-loving thrushes, in recent years is due to the cutting away of timber in this region. There are very few of those cool, dark, virgin forests, which are said to be the favorite haunts of our wood thrushes, remaining in this region at present. MIGRATION RECORD. Year Observer. . . First seen .. Ne.xt ^een . Common. . . Last seen . . Abundance 1885. C. H.B. 5-2 5-3 5-10 5-19 Abundant. 1885. C. H.B. 9-1 9-6 9-18 10-2 Abundant. 1887. G. a.w. 4-28 1892. A.B. U. B. M. K. 5-9 5-14 5-15 1903. AV.L. M. 4-29 4-30 Rare. 170 213. [769b] Hylocichla guttata jMllasH (Cah.). Hermit Thrush. Common migrant March 23 to May 3. October 3 to November 21. The extreme dates mark the limits of its stay in the State, unless it has recently been found to winter in the lower Wabash Valley. The most common of tlie Thrushes in the migratory season. Found in second-growth and open woods. The majority left April 25, 1885 (C. H. B.). MIGRATION RECORD. 1885. ISfo. 1886. 1887. 1892. 1893 C. H.B. 3-31 4-1 4-19 4-28 Common. C. H.B. 10-3 10-4 10-10 10-25 Common. W.S. B. 4-17 G. G. W. 4-12 E. M. K. A. B.U. 4-2 4-9 B M K First seen 4-19 Next seen 4-27 Common Last seen 4-23 Common. Abundance 1900. 1901. 1902. 1903. 1903. N.B. M. 4-9 C. H.E. 4-29 W. L. M. 3-23 3-25 W.L. M. 4-5 4-7 4-12 5-3 Common. W. L M Common Laiit seen 8-27 Common. 11-21 Abundance Not common Common. 214. [761] Merula migratoria CLinn) . American Robiu. ■■ Fig. 30. Resident; abundant in all seasons except winter when it is generally rather rare. However, on January 30, 1893, a winter day, 300 Robins were seen by E. M. Kindle. This was probably a band of migrants, and its occurrence then was not unusual. They become common from the middle of February to the middle of March. Some winttMs they are entirely absent— that of 1900-01 for instance. They have been observed in floclvS here as late as April 13, 1903. There is generally a period in fall 171 when Robius are scarce, followed by a period of abundance before the numbers dwindle down to the usual winter representation. This is caused in all probability by the summer residents of more northern regions, halting here in what to them is a mild climate, after our own summer birds have departed. A similar movement is noticeable among the Bluebirds. The condition of mid-autumn abundance occurred Octo- ber 22, 1902. Three days later these birds became rarer and flocks were seen migrating at a considerable elevation by day. Singing began very early in 1903. One was heard singing his spring song, very low as if in rehearsal, January 16, and one burst out in full song January 20. The next song was heard February 24. In other years I have heard an imperfect song as early as February 23, and the complete song March 4, 1902. They continue their songs till late in the year. Perfect songs are heard in August, and on September 1, 1902, a Robin was heard singing with all the vigor if not the per- fection of spring. Songs, perhaps slightly imperfect, out not very noticeably so, have been heard as late as October 26, 1902. They have been observed mated l)y February 26, 1903. The first nest has been completed as early as March 21, 1903 (P. J. H.j. Very little mud was used in the construction of this nest. That this was early in the season as well as in the calendar may be judged by the fact that an inch of snow fell shortly afterwards. The first egg was found March 29, 1903. It was in a nest in a beech tree. The nest was within ten feet of a window in Science Hall (C. G. L.). A full set was not found until April 8, but on April 26 two half-grown young, not accompanied by their parents, were observed. On May 3 two young nearly full grown were seen. Twenty-foiu* days (April 23 to May 17) elapsed between the laying of the third egg and the flight of the young in a nest watched in 1892 (G. Hitze). One was noticed before daybrealj on March 26. 1903, sitting on the ground and singing vigorously. It was observed in the same place the next morning. When the country is snowbound Robins resort to peculiar methods to obtain a livelihood; one was seen wading about in a shallow spring- fed stream, feeding in the manner of a Sandpiper, February 9, 1902. 172 MIGRATION BECOBD. 1883. 1884. 1885. 1886. 1887. 1892. 1 B.W. E. 2-10 2-13 2-13 C. H.E. 2-9 C. H. B. 2-14 3-3 3-7 B. W. E. G. G. W. 2-13 2-20 2-23 G. G. W. 1-16 1-17 2-7 E. M. K. 2-1 2-6 2-6 Abundant. Abundant. Common. 1893. 1899. 1900. 1901. 1902. 1903. Observer E. M.K. 1-28 1-29 2-13 N.B.M. 2-12 2-19 3-16 N.B.M. 2-20 3-3 3-9 V. H. B. W.L. M. 2-19 2-27 W.L.M. W. L. M. 3-3 3-1 2-27 Last seen Abundance Common. Common. Common. Common. Abundant. Abundant. 216. [766] Sialia sialis CLinn. ) . Bluebird.* Figs. 31-2. Resident; abundant in ali seasons except winter, moderately com- mon then. Becomes abundant before the middle of March (February 22 to March 16). Seen in pairs February 22, 1884 (C. H. E.). All records of Bluebirds for the winters 1900-01 and 1901-2 were made by groups and show just how the birds were met. Nearly all of these groups are twos or multiples of two, and of them equal numbers were male and female. This is pretty good evidence that many Blue- birds remain paired throughout the year. However, some of the sum- mer residents mate here, and the.v Avere seen mating March 1, 1903. Two males were singing madly and flying excitedly about a female, the principal characteristic of whose attitude seemed to be utter indif- ference to both of her suitors. Singing February 10, 1!¥)3. The first nest was finished March 15, 1903; it was in a fencepost which had rotted in two just above the ground and which swayed on its supporting wires, with every wind. A nest with three eggs was found March 22; and one with four eggs jL^P' .^ 173 April 2. On April 4 a nest and six eggs were found in an old Wood- pecker's hole (C. G. L.). On April 27, four young Bluebirds 3-4 days old were found and on the 29th seven young, fully feathered and about four inches long, were seen flying about freely witli their parents. On November 30, 1902, Bluebirds were acting as Phoebes are often seen to do; they used a perch near the ground from which they sud- denly flew down, picked up an insect or other morsel of food, always returning to the same perch. MIGRATIOX RECCED. 1883. 1884. 1885. 1886. 1887. B. W. E. 1-12 C. H.E. 2-2 2-9 2-22 C. H. B. B. W. B. 2-20 2-21 2-22 B. AV. E. 1-1 1-3 Common 2-28 Last seen Abundance Abundant. Common. Common. 1892. 1900. 1901. 1902. 1903. A. B. W. 1-28 2-6 N. B. M. 2-19 2-22 W. L. M. 2-10 2-17 3-2 W.L. M. W.L. M. 3-16 3-8 Common. Rare. Common. Abundant. Abundant. 174 SUPPLEMENTAL LIST. 1. [51] Lavm argentatm (Briiiiu), Herring GulL 1,^. Very probably seen by J. J. Batchelor, April, 1902. See notf under L. pJi Uadelphia in main list. 2. [208] Eallus elegam Aud. King Rail. Rare migrant in Brown County (E. M. K. '94). Will probably be found to have the same rank in avifauna of this county. 3. [226] HhiMniopusmexlmnus(Ui\l\.). Black-necked Stilt. C. H. Bollmann gives a queried record for Monroe County in his list of 1886, and ranks it as rare. It has not otherwise lieen "recorded in the State. 4. [305] TijiiijiaHuchuii americanu-i {Reich.). Prairie Hen. Given in O. H. BoUmann's list of 1886 as one of the birds which had to his knowledge been found in the county but which had disaj,- peared. 5. [310] Mi'Imgris gaUopavo merriaini Nelson. Wild Turkey. A rare resident as late as 1886 (C. H. B.), when a few were seen each year (W. S. B.). In 1887 B. W. Evermann said that although he had not observed it. it was still occasionally taken. In 1804 E. M. Kindle wiote that .c was almost if not entirely extinct in Brown County. The Wild Turkey is without doubt entirely extinct in thii^ county. 6. [315] ' Ectopistes migrcUnri IIS {L,ii\n.). Passenger Pigeon. A rare migrant in 1886 (G. H. B.). B. W. Evermann in 1887 classed it as formerly abundant but then rare. The last date at hand for this county is April 18, 1885. when ten were seen by 0. H. Bollmann. It has been observed since that time in Brown County-March 7. 1894 (E. M. K.); 60 were seen April 12. 1895 (V. H. B.). 7. [382] Conunis r,iix,rtn(',)si:^ (-Linn.). Carolina Paroquet. Given the same position by C. H. Bollmann in his list of 1886 as the Prairie Hen. (See above.) -Judge A. L. Roach of Indianapolis says Parakeets were common in Monroe County in 1828 Avhen his father's family moved there. ^ The family came from western Tennessee, where the bird was abundant and well known. He says they were still there 175 in 1830. * * * P,. W. Evermann learned from the late Louis Boll- mann that they were there in 1831. * * * W. B. Seward of Hloom- ington said that these birds were well known to him from 1840-1850 and were in many places common" (A. W. Butler in "The Auk," Vol. IX. pp. 49-56). "Mr. W. B. Seward informs me of obtaining some live, he thinks, young Paroquets from a farmer's boy in Owen County (adjoining Monroe) in 1845. His impression is they were taken from the inside of a hollow tree, on the borders of White River. This is the farthest north we have any account of their nesting" (Butler, Birds of Indiana, 1897). In Brown County it was formerly abundant along Bean Blossom Creek (E. M. K.). 8. [892] CainpephUus principalis CLinn.). Ivory-billed Woodpecker. "Formerly common, now rare" (B. W. E. '87). Recorded by C. H. it was formerly found iu Monroe County" (Butler). 9. [486] Corvus corax siiiiKif us (Wagl.). American Raven. "Formerly common, now rare" (B. W. E'. '87). Recorded by C. H. Bollmann ('80) along with the Prairie Hen and Parakeet as one of the birds which had formerly been found in the county, but which was then extinct. ADDENDA. 80.5. [212.] Brdhfs Virginia iiiis (Linn.). Virginia RalL L^ucommou migrant. Several were seen and one killed with a club in a yard in town, April 22, 1904. No. 1. Nest and eggs of Little (ireen Heron in an apple tree. S:iiii(- 111-^1, with tour- .V(Miii^^^v No. 0. Nt'st ol' KilMt-er on irioiiiid. ^HHl^HlM?'^ '^^^m^HHHHHI ^P|l|iy!||P'?^|^^PI|^^ J^fffe^ ^HBk^^^hfi^^^ J^^^^^^^^^BhliHKir ^^^^^^^HH^te /_■■ .^ "^U ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^K. '^j^B^ta.^^^^^H ^^flHHR hH^iZ^^I^HHk. .'^^ N(i. 7. X( St and i-irus uf l)(iw on rail fence. Nest is simply a slig'lit addition to old nest of some otlier hird. Ni.. s. Ilii-^^ .., I ),,, . ..1, ui whihI. Nu Mi-t whatcviT. No. 9. Nest and eggs of Dove . Xe>t and li\.- I'y.^'^ of Jaybird in apple tre( 2&' . >!-> tree. » ^i^'l^ rm^mfntty^- No. 19. Nest and three etrgs ot Field Sparrow. No. 120. Nest and four egs-!*!"*' Sonsr Sparrow. r.^'T^^''T' No. 21. Nest and es^-^.s of ( 'litnvink. Two of the eg-gs do not sliow on account of position of camera. N(i. 22. Not and thii'c cirtrs i)f Cardinal in cedar trt No. 23. Nest and threu eggs of Bhit'-lieadLMl \ irco, with I uwbin ^-...tat^K^SS. "M No. 24. Nest and one egg of White-eyed Vireo, with two ( 'owl>ird eggs. w\ ll^l ^^K jA -*j ^M ■ B^^BB^k^^m^^'QBmI^" 'Cv'^^rai^^^^^^? M L^j^^^fl^yHBC 1 K ^iHn Bb Hy^^H^S^^ No. 25. Nest and four eggs of Bi'own Thrasher. No. 2G. Nest and fom No. 27. Xfst and four eggs of Blue-gray Uuatcatcher in elm trt No. 2S. Side view of nest of Blue-gray (Tiiateatclier. X. HI. Nest and five efrg-s of Bliicliirrl. Xo. -.i'. Vouiis; ot Hliii-I.inl. 192 O fc 0) 'S O o ^ OS .S o =(H +^ ^- O ^ ft *-■ rC >-. a o O be 1=1 -^ rt -^^ GO t3 00 r^ t^ 59 j:;-' a a ti' O) be t3 O ^ ^ T3 I ^ o be a 03 a O •' ^ a - E2 S^ S 2°5 5 2 bt^ o3 a) CD fe'^ H •^ S T-t C^ CO -^iC CD 1:^ ao 050-— CO -*i' IT) cor CO CO CO coco CO CO" 00 CIO 1— 1 !M CO 305 O r- 13— A. OF Science, '04. 194 •J9qai908(i : 1 ^ 1 1 1 : 1 1 : : : ^ : 1 C^. 1 1 •J9qni9A0^ ■ in '■ ^ 1 ; ! ; ^- is 1 ^- ; ; : ^ 1 ' •jaqo^o'o i 1 1 1 M : : 1 : : : ^ ^ 1 ^. : ; j 1 1 1 •jgqrag^dgg ■^ 1 III:: 1 j : : ^- is 1 ^- : ^^ 1 II ■■^snarxy ;s^* 1 Ml:: 1 : : : ^- ^- 1 ^- : 1 I 1 1 1 •Ainp >• 1 III : ;|s 1 : : ; c^' c^ j c^. -Ill 1 1 •onnp >• 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 : : : =-• 5-. 1 e- : c I j 1 1 •Av^ '•'"' 1 : ^ 1 ; : : «-• c- 1 c- : a a | | a •ludy 2c^. ^ 1 ^' =^ ; 1 ' ^- - 1 ^- |S : :|^ 1 1 •iui!j3ip\[ ao jo;i ■SJA I'BcoisBobo : : : X X : x X : : X : : X : : •'ta'Ba3ij\[ juinSs'jj X : ; • ■ u ■ : :X : ; ; ■luap -iS9)j lacnrang : XX X •jn9piS9'JJ J9}UIj^Y u : X ■ • h : ■ : X •^ngpi -89^ ^nau'Brajg J Ixx ■fe: • J. .W : 0 " t. o. a rt tS O f cico-* w xxx ; ; ■ 6 c ' a 3 .E 3 S X : : : X X X X : : : XX h 3 J 3 1 i p: 'il — c i 3 — o S is ftSp: sioir 59. Am. Rough-legged Hawk — 60. Golden Eagle 63. American Si)arrow Hawk... 64. American Osprey 65. American Long-eared Owl.. 66. Short-eared Owl 67. Barred Owl 1 > C X . c 1 V a > C£ "i c a c c i a s- g 71. Snowy Owl 72. Yellow-billed Cuckoo 73. Black-billed Cuckoo a .a c. a £ i- I ir - t~ IP M a o. O o >> ■> a o a 195 C^ fc. L> ki S 1^- ca :j >• rt I ,1 1 "i^ "J r-^ I »i:s 1 I I I MM ^^^ III! I I] I - :5:e i M « I Cfl cs I M '%^ I »=%" MSI 1 |ig4;2ccl=?^| I I I Is fl n n I •OOi-lOO I I I I I I e I « I fl 1—30 I oroooCSSSci^i^uj .n V o — .-J- a-^— 2x « H Cj S-c o o K e3 3 2-5 Cr3 » b "S o >- s ® 5 tej; u <« 3 S - a H P, o PS -aa 3C 33 O -H C-] to GCQOCO CO CTifTiOl r?3 0303030303 03 <=3dC3 0CrJC3 O OO O ^^ l-Ht— < t— I ?— <^Ht-i t^ l^t^OOCOCOQOOOGO' COOOCO CO 030303 03 0303030303 03 <000 00 0 <0 OO O 196 •jaqtuaoaQ : ; : : ; : ' • • ' ' 1 ; : ^^• :::;:":::::' , "^ : •J9qra3.io^ aoqopQ f : \\ 7 i?T 1 : 1 ; "^ ; It : M : : ; : : : M - 1 ; IT : ij 1 ?3 1 '^ : 1 12=^0 1 1 '7^' : : : : M M : : 1^ ■J9qra9;dog ' ' : : : ^ ; ' ' : :;'' — ' i i i i i : : . ; ' ' ;sn2ny II :7 : : ; II : 1 1 : : : 1 1 ; M 1 1 1 l 1 | 1 ^- 1 ■ 1 [ •X|Uf 1 1 : 1 : : : M : 1 1 j ; . "^ 1 1 ' 1 M l| II 1 : 1 r ■9unf ll^l : : ill : 1 c : ; !« 1 : ' « 1 « 1 illp = ; J t •SV]^ iiUv! iiivMs ^c,^i=,.|,.i,i, ; ,1 •ludy i^;i2isMi^« ;7i««S2?i?3^is4-s^- 12 •qoji?j\[ ^ ; s i « i2 1 1 : 1 ; ^ 1 1 1 M i i 's M : ; : ■ I 1 ; -.fj^naqaj ::.:-; : : : : 1 1 : : : . : . : . : . nw , : 1 to 1 . 1 • -oco 1 .... oi^irA ■ ;■;;■; ; ; ; ; : : : ' '. '. : '. ^~' •^JunuBf : • : • oio] 1 ; ; 1 ; 1 ; .'-':':::: I::.:: ! : •ia'Bj3ij\[ JO jo'ji -ST^\^'lT?U0lSB0b0 : : : : : ': :::;:: X ': : : :.:::;::,: X ■ : •^u^jSij^r JBinSa'g ■ ■ • ^ * ■ ■ ; c8 ; Xl.Xv '.1 ^X -XXX X ; ;Xx xxxxx : X •^uap -isay jamning i'^^ ^ ': ^ :e3d:^: : xXxx : X :xx :X . : ; : : ;xxxx>^ : x^ •■jnapiBe'jj .ia^nij^\^ ■ : : : : cs ^- os : • : ■ : ; : : : : x : x x : ; : : ^ : :::::::::::: : x : •^uapi -89^ ■juau'Binjaj : : : : : : : : : ; x : : :xx :::;::::;:: : : : : , Savanna Sparrow (Grasshopper Sparrow Henslow's Sparrow Lark Sparrow Whit -crowned Sparrow. .. White-throated Sparrow Tree Sparrow Chipping Sparrow Field Sparrow Slate-colored Junco Bachman's Sparrow Song Sparrow Lincoln's Sparrow Swamp Sparrow Fox Sparrow Towhee Redbird Rose-breasted Grosbeak. ... Indigo Bunting Dickcisscl Scarlet Tanager Summer Tanager .. CliffSwallow Barn Swallow Tree Swallow I5ank Swallow Rough-winged Swallow Cedar Wax wing Northern Shrike Migrant Shrike Red-eyed Vireo 197 r^ti^ I I I I ^• >■ : I :« I I I S I ii^::S^2 I .ill . "v I ' I I- ._L-* .•—coco -H I CO CO J5 (^ O r>t Ol ■* l-v ^Sl I I I 1 S£ '~ 2 "^ r I:- I I CO CO »" 00 cc oa oo— 'XiOOt-tr-SDOai •C<1 1~] 1— I C-Q t-1 C<1 Ol T— I CO r.^ 05 CO — ' c. C O =^ H 0 0)^ = O'^ !-P J* t^ fe ce ::: Ji 3 e 'iJ --•■-.--»■— o .ai^>^ ^ 0) 0) > >.tf =*-"' ^"^ '^^~ E ci g'2'^^'^ ? &^ S fe5 ® 2^5^ O cS C5 '^ o H 12; .3 3C t- o ® S S>H Oi O— '-MOO co'*iocor-cc:noi— ic^iJO'rjtiO'X'^-co oi o tt^^ -^ t'j -'7' "J J 'i.^' >— ju i_ M 1^ I7 M i ; i ^^^ ■jaqo^oQ 05; ?7 It ;l .'^ 1 M ; M? T :^^"'' ■jsqma^dag •^saSny 1 ^ ^J : M 1 1 1 1 ; ; : ' 1 1 ■ 1 1 : • : :°'°* •iCinp 1 : : 1 :^ ; 1 1 1 1 ; ; 1 ; 1 1 i : M ;:::=« = •eunp i ; :l;iilMi:::.: :I:;m:!;:^ ■x«Bj\r i 2 TiTlliMtgS,S.^=.,2ij2^S=f% •[Udy 0 ■ i^oq 1 ' J J 1 1 ' • ■ ce 1 1 c 1 c 1 1 Jjci^^OK 1 "1 •qoa'Bj\[ ■ ■ ' : :4< ' CD 1 CD 1 i^p : cs c3 1 1 1 1 1 00 : ■ • ■ ot 1 1 •iivniqa^ : : ::: :'l-:l;'"i'l'l^:;::;:-*'" •yJjBnUBf : : i : : : : ; 1 M 1 ^ 1 i 1 1 1 : : ; : ; i >" 1 •iubj3!i\[ JO io^i 1 -SJA iBuoisiioo'o tH ; . X :::;;::::::■•:■ ■ 1 isgxXyX ; : : : : : X :x : : :^^ : lyXxX : •jaep -isa^j .lararang X : ;X XxX :Xx :::::::: :xx :::: : •■juapisaij ja)a]jV\ i,---t-- • u :... : : ;•:::;:: ;X :: :X ;^ :X ;;;:;;;; ; •juapi -say; :ja9UBrajaj : : ; : : : : :x : : ; :x :x ;x :::::: : :xx 1 Hooded Warbler Wilson's Warbler Canadian Warbler American Redstart American Pipit • J3'-' £l£ o), p. 124, is as follows: "C. Americana. Cuscuta floribus pendunculatis. Cuscuta caule apliyllo vnlultili repente (Gron. Fl. Yirg. p. IS). Cuscuta inter majoreni et minorem media, filamentis longis et floribus late super arbores et campos se extendens. Habitat in Virginia." This is a verbatim ropy of (Jronovius' description of "Cuscuta inter majoreni et minorem media" In Flora Virginica, Pas Prima, p. IS. 1743, 209 Groiiovius iu turn closely followed the description of Sloane in his Ilist. Jamaica, vol. 1, p. 201 (1707), t. 12S. f. .S, his added characterizations I)eing of verj- dotibtful value. Through the courtesies of the otticials of the Linuiean Society 1 was able to examine the Cuscutai in the Linna^-au collection. This collection had evidently been examined by Dr. Engelmann in his study of the genus and his penciled annotations were upon the various sheets. There are three sheets, each of which is labeled C. Americana in the Avell known writing of Linna?us. One of these is evidently Cuscuta Gronovii Willd, and Dr. Engelmann so regarded it, as is shown Ity his annotation. An- other is probably Cusctita uml)ellata H. B. K., at least it was so referred by Dr. Engelmann, and whether the reference be correct or not, the plant is certainly not the same as that upon the other two sheets. It is on the plant upon the remaining sheet that Dr. Engelmann rests his conception of the Cuscuta Americana of Linna us. It might be a fair question, in passing, as to why either of the other sheets might not have been selected as the basis of the I^inna?an C. Americana. The plant upon the third sheet, then, is to be taken as representing the notion of Linnams of the species iindei' consideration. The specimen upon this sheet conforms fairly to Engelmann's description and also to that of Choisy, 1841, although it might be said that Choisy's figures of C. Americana L. in Choisy's Cuscuta, Jan. 21, 1841, No. 51, p. 186 tab. 4, f. 4, could not have been derived from his description of the species in his "Cuscuta enumeratio." The most cursory comparison of the description and drawings will make this fact plain. The form upon this sheet, however, is not the same as Sloane's plant. A careful study and dissection of the plant gives the following characters: Calyx 5-parted, polysepalons; lobes oval, acute, diverging from each other at an acute angle, coriaceous throughout, about as long as calyx tube. The calyx is quite large, being scarcely exceeded by the corolla. No evidence of large cells, althougli unde»* hand lens the texture of the sepal is seen to be coarse, simulating veining. Corolla 5-parted. Tube at first cylindric, later somewhat urceolatc because of increase in size of ovary. Tube scarcely longer than calyx. Lobes, oval, acute, finally reflexed about one-fourth length of tube; in young fiowers erect or spreading. Delicate in structure, no evidence of large cells. 14— A. OP SCIKNCB. '04. 210 ^t'DiKiiif. scarcely o-xstiti'd, in the majority of cases not at all. Mia nients slrony, anthers not sagittate. »S'fY/7r.s' about one-ha.lf the length of the petals, united at the base, arch narrow; top of scale deeply fringed, the fimbriations often branching; sides of scales much less deeply fringed, arches not at all. Base of scales plainly l)iIobate, as is often, thougn not ahva.vs the case. Sti/lcs two, parallel, short, subetjual, scarcely exserted. in the majority of cases not at all. Oravii Somewhat gloliose, showing slight tendency toward triangu- larity, evidently due to development of three seeds. Styles only about one-half the length of ovary; stigmas globose-capitate. Floirvrs from 2-4 mm. long and nearly as broad. Inflorcscoicc: Flowers gathered in clusters of various sizes, though none of the clusters exceed 8 mm. in diameter. Clusters contain from 3-5, up to lO-K) flowers. Flowering branches thickened, rugose, often branched. Pedicels short, single flowered, the flowers in many cases seem- ing sessile. t^calc leaves small, sub-triangular, acute, membranaceous. ^tem, where closely appressed to host-plant, strong, rugose, dark colored, almost brown. Free stems slender smooth, often branching. Scale leaves, more elongate and less acute than those found on flower branches, occur on free portions of the stem. The individual flowers have no bracts, although the floral clusters are subtended by two or more membranaceous bracts from 1-2 mm. long and perhaps two-thirds as wide. It is very evident that the plant in the Linnrean collection is far re- moved from the Jamaica plant of Sloano in the South Kensington Mu- seum. Grisebach, in Fl. of British West Indies, London. 1864. includes Ameri- cana and makes direct reference to Sloane, t. 128, f. 4, but the description shows that tlie plant lie so refers is not that of Sloane. The following characters (Fl. Brit. West Ind. (18()4), p. 47G) mark his plant: 1. Pedicels shorter than flowers. 1. Calyx little exceeded by corolla. 3. Calyx lobes short, I'ounded. 4. Corolla r>-])arted, lobes erect. 5. Scales small. 211 Thnt unu-h coiiriision lias resulted from this uncertainty as lu tlu- type feature of Cuscuta Americana L. is evidenced l)y a study of tlie various large herbaria. Thus tlie C. yraveoleus H. I'.. K. (\ov. Gen. et Sp. 3. p. 122. 1818) cau scarcely be a synonym of C. Americana L. if the description there given is at all accurate. In the collections at the Kew gardens. 21Sii!) and 21810. Dr. A. Glazier, Brazil, chiefly from Province of Goyaz, 18'JG, are neither the C. Americana of Linnipus and Engelmann, nor yet are they Sloane's plant. Herb. Guateinalens. ."•!». .Jan., 1864, Gust. Bernoulli, and Herb. Guatemalens, 1910. Bernoulli and Cairo, with Herb. Mus. Paris So-'io. Region de Orizaba. M. Bourgeau. 18().j-j^8(jG. all mounted on same sheet and labeled C. Ameri- cana are C. congesta. E.\ Plantis Guatemalensibus, quas edidit John Donnell Smith, No. 855, C. Americana L. forma floribus majusculis, Coban, Dept. Alta Yerapaz, Altitude 4.800 feet, January, 188G. Legit H. von Tuerckheim, is neither C. Americana nor a variety of it; the long slender, acuminate corolla lobes evidently throwing it in quite a different section of the genus. Such a list might be greatly extended, but enough has been indicated to show into what inextricable confusion we have come because of this al)sence of a recognized type form for this species. Personally I am not attempting any decision in the matter; I am simply reciting facts coming under my observation. If Sloane's Jamaica plant is the type of C. Americana L., then the form in the Linusean col- lections, so labeled by Linnanis and reaffirmed by our last specialist in the group can not be C. Americana, for it is not the same plant. If the form in the Linna?au collection be taken as the type, what is the name of Sloane's plant? How, also can it be assumed that any other plant than Sloane's was in mind in view of the references of Gronovius and Linnseus to it specifically, references continued as late as 1797, when in Linne Sp. I'l. Willdenow, edn. IV., vol. I, page 702, we find at the conclusion of the characterization, "Habitat in Virginia^ fructibus et at littora maris in herbis Jamaica? (v. s.)"? Gmelin, also in his Sys. Veg., 1796, vol. 1, p. 285. refers to Sloane's plant, as does also Vitman in his Summa Plant, 1790, vol. 1, p. 340. How the riddle shall be read in view of these facts is left to adepts in nomenclature. It is entirely beyond my powers. 212 On the Nomenclature of Fungi Having Many Fruit-Foems. J. C. Arthur. ( Abstract.) The paper begins with a statement of the views of Dr. Mngnus and others, who hohl tliat with sucli forms as the hetercecious rusts the action of the law of priority in the selection of specitic names should extend only to names applied to the teleutosporic form. Thus, the common grain rust should be called Pucciiiia (/ra minis Pers., and not I'livvinid ixiciiliforniis (Jacq.) Wettst. The argument is upheld that tliis view practically rests upon the inference that the genus Puccinia is a foini-genus liased upon tlie teleuto- sporic stage. A true genus, it is maintained, must of necessity embrace all stages of development and all structural parts of every species under it. The name of the genus, a.s well as that of the species must, moreover, so far as its nomenclatorial treatment is concerned, be considered as simply appellative, and without regard to its derivation or significance. These ideas are elucidated with a variety of illustrations. The conclu- sion is drawn that with clear concepts of this nature there can be no question of the desirability of applying the law of priority to fungi with many fruit-forms, in a manner similar to its use among phanerogams. The proper name for the common grain rust, according to tliis method, is Piicciiiid /lociilifonjiis (.Tacq.) Wettst. 213 Pollination of Campanula Americana and Other Plants. Moses N. Elrod. VdintHiitiihi Aiucricuna L. is markedly proterandrous. In the bud the authors are in contact with the pilose t^^■o-thirds of the style and dis- charge their pollen introrsely before the corolla opens. As the flower bud opens the filaments wither beyond their more persistent bases. In the meantime the style grows rapidly in length, so that in a few hours it is long-exserted, declined and the pilose, pollen covered end turned up- ward. No matter whether the flower is on an erect or inclined branch the pilose end always turns upward, while the other portion of the style assumes a horizontal or slightly declined position. One or two days after the bud has opened the hairs on the style begin to wither and drop their charge of pollen. At the same time stigmatic papilla.' are exposed and ready for cross-pollination. Nectar is secreted by a fleshy disk surround- ing the base of the style, and is protected from rain and the predatory incursion of many insects by the triangular bases of the five stamens. Honey-bees and the beautiful metallic-green Agaostemon radiatiis Say are frequent visitors. They readily gain access to the honey by lighting on the petals of the rotate corolla and inserting the tongue between the style and bases of the stamens. Their visits, however, do not promote fertilization, as their movements, in approaching the flower or in collect- ing honey, never bring them into contact with the pollinated portion of the stylo nor do they ever touch the stigma. C. Ajiiericaua is cross-fertilized by a leaf-cutter bee, Menuchile brevis Say. It differs from the honey-bee in its structure and the way in which it approaches the honey disk. It is armed with a dense brush of hairs on the under side of the tail, instead of having pollen baskets on the legs; it comes to the flower on the wing, in a direct, unhesitating way, over the upturned stigma, which it frequently touches with the hairs of its tail; it settles on the style with its head directed away from the stigmatic end of that organ, and never comes in contact with the corolla except with its fore feet. While in this position collecting honey the Note.— I am indebted to Mr. Ashmead, Bureau of Entomology, Department of Agriculture, for identifying the bees named in this paper. 214 hairs of its tail are in contact witli tlic pilose portion of tlie style and become pollinated, if the tlower has recently come into l)loom and the style has not yet shed its hairy coating. But this leaf-cutter is not wholly dependent on its position while collecting honey for a sni)ply of pollen. On several occasions it was seen clinging to the style and transferring pollen to its abdomen with its hind-legs, a maneuver that no other bee seems capalile of performing. "With the hairs of its tail charged with pollen it is easy to understand how cross-fertilization is effected, as it passes from one tlower to another: and so systematic are the movements that they appear to be evolved for the purpose th(>y fultil. So far as the writer has been able to discover, no other insect than .1/. hi-eris is of use in fertilizing the tall belltlower. Another leaf-cutter, Mfta Say. a small bumble-bee. For two seasons this bee has been the only insect seen to enter the corolla of a large, cultivated plant, under daily observation while in bloom. Anthophorte never missed putting in an appearance during some part of the day. if the weather was fair, and sometimes as many as half a dozen were seen on the plant at the same time. ^ntlwphom' ahrupt,r never were seen collecting p.dlen. but as they forced their bodies into the inflated portion of the flower they were well dusted with it on their hairy backs. This pollen was carried to the next stigma under which they passed, where some of it was left, provided the stigma was ready to receive it. Usually the stigmatic end of the style iC pressed against the upper lip of the corolla during the first day of antbesis, after that period it is bent downward and is cross-fertilized 210 by coming into contact witli the pollinated back of a passing Antbophora in search of honey. There does not seem to be any provision for the self- fertilization of P. Pc»tste)iioii. The longer of the dimorpliic pistils of HJcrteiisia ^ inji)ticv (L) D.C. are of the same length as the stamens and may be self-fertilized by contact with the dehiscing anthers. The shortest of the other form do not reach beyond the end of the narrow tube, and are fertilized by honey-bees. Honey is secreted at the base of a tube 2." mm. long and is further pro- tected by a pubescent ring 2 mm. above the receptacle. No insect was found on the flowers that could reach the honey in a legitimate way. but a big bumble-bee was seen on the corolla making slits in the tulje just above the puljescent ring. Through the opening the tongue of the bee was inserted and the honey removed, with ease, as it passed rapidly from one tlower to another. A calendine poppy. Hti/loplioni))! aiphi/Uiin) (Mich.) Nutt.. under culti- A'ation came into bloom April 23, early in the forenoon. At 3:40 p. m. the petals began closing and by sundown were completely folded over the stamens. Although it was raining the next day the petals under obser- vation again opened in all their golden splendor. It was not clearly evi- dent that the stamens of this plant were proterandrous, though the stigma gi-eally inei'eased in size after the bud had opened. Usually the flowers did not wither under two days. Small bees were noticed crawling on the flowers, a single honey-bee was seen collecting pollen, and it is prob- able ci OSS-fertilization was the result of their movements. Flowers pro- tected by a net from insect visitors produced capsules of the normal size, well tilled with seeds. In .Tuly it was noticed that while the calendine poppy was producing an abundance of seeds none could be found on the ground under the plant. The seeds of a dehiscing capsule, which were placed in a heap on a small stone, all disappeared by next morning. When it was recalled that ants are known to carry small seeds into their nests they Avere sus- pected of carrying them away. This inference seemed probable, as the seeds were provided with a fleshy crest on one edge which an ant could grasp. At last a common black ant, about 6 mm. long, was seen with a .seed in its mouth and watched until it disappeared in a round hole. Later an ant was followed to another hole. The mouth to these holes was level with till' surface of the ground and not through the usual hillock of sand 217 of their nesting places. Tliey were located 5 dm. from the stem of the plant, and when opened were found to be about ti mm. deep. One of them was tunnelled along the edge of a rotten chip and contained seven seeds. The crest of one of the seven seeds was withered while the papilkie of the others were plump. Nothing was seen to indicate that they had been stored for food or that the crest contained anything they cared to eat. 219 Additions to the Indiana Flora. Ohas. O. Deam. In nddition to the species taken by myself, this list contains fourteen siiecies 1 received tlirouuh an exchange with L. M. Umbach, Napersville, 111., and one fioni E. B. Williamson, Bluffton, Ind. I have a sheet of all the plants reported in my herbarium. 'Sly species have all been verified at the National Museum. P(n)icH)n horealc Nash. In the swales at Miller, Ind.. .Tune 28. IS9S. by L. M. Und)ach. Panicum marroc(ir}ia Le Conte. Wells County, May 31, I'.Xlo; Steuben County, June IT, 1903; Dune Park, June 10, 1000, L. M. Umbach. September 4. 1901, by Asues Chase. Aristida intermedia Scribn. & Ball. In moist sands at Miller, Ind.. Octolter 2. 1898, by L. .M. Umbach. El 1/ nuts (/Utncus Buckley. In sand at Pine, Ind., June 29, 1898, by L. M. Umljach. Eh'ochnrii<. ohtmd Schultes. Wells County, August 23, 1897; Miller, Ind.. July 20, 1898, by L. M. Umbach; Steulieii County, July 3, 1904; Noble County, July 21, 1904. Pi^ilocarya nitens (Valil.) Wood. In sloughs at Dune Park, Ind., September 12, 1899, by L. M. Umbach. Psilorarya scirpoidet< Torr. In sloughs at Dune Park, Ind., Septemlier 2, 1898, by L. M. Umbacli. '^arex oligospmna Michx. In swales at Miller, Ind., June 24. 1898, by L. M. Umbach. Carex aquatilis Walil. In sloughs at Pine. Ind., :May 29, 1897, by L. M. Umbach. •ex laxiflora vari(in>i Railey. Wells County, INlay 13, 1903. Carex festucacea Willd. In swales at Clarke, Ind., June 4. 1898, by L. :\r. IIniI)acii Clintonia boreal e (Ait. ) Raf. In swamp at Miller. Ind.. May 14. 1898, by L. M. Umbach. 220 Sali.r Behhli (Moench.) Garcke. In ballast at Pine, Ind., June 17, 1899, by L. M. ITmbach. Hemhera hirmticoUis (Wheelock) Rydb. Steuben County, July 4, 1904. Oialis Brittoniae Small. Wells County, September 1, 1904; Steuben County, September 9, 1904. (halis grandiK Small. Orange County, May 25, 1901; Franklin County, May 28, 1904. Ilc.r Broiixensii^ Britton. Wells County, June 11, 1899; Steuben County, July 4. 1904. Hypericum borexde (Brittou) Bicknell. Wells County, in low border of lakes in Jackson Township, Septem- ber 0, 1903. Viola papilionacea Pursli. Wells County, in woods, :May 3, 1903. Ileliantliemum majus (L. ) B. S. P. On wooded gravelly hills in Steuben County, August 13, 1903. Ejiilobium pjaluMre L. Wells County, August 18, 1901; Steuben County, August 13, 1903. Bartonia ionandra Robison. Steuben County, September 11, VM}i. Apocynum hypericifolium Ait. Noble County, near Rome City, July 21. 1904. Apocynum puhescens R. Br. Kosciusko County, July 28, 1904, Teurrium occldentale A. Gray. Steuben County, in swamp near Gage Lake, August 12, 1903; Kos- ciusko County, in swamp on east side of Winona Lake, July 28, 1904. 221 Lycopus community Bickuell. Wells Couni..v. Septemlier 2. 1000; Steuben County. August 11. 1003. Physalis heteropJujUa Nees. AVells County. August 22. 1899; Steuben County. September 11. 1904. Physalls M'njiniana intermedia Rydb. Steulien County. June 17, 1903. Viburnum ras^inoides L. Steuben County. Jiuie 12. 1904. in clearing. Triosteum cirundinaccum Bicknell. Wells County, ]May 22. 1898. Chrysanthemum Balsamita L. Adams County, September 20, 1903. by E. P>. Williamson. Escai)ed. Bidens vulgata Greene. Wells County, September 4, 1904. Cardans Hillii (Canby) Porter. Steuben County. June 17. 1903. Only two specimens collected. On wooded hillside one-half mile southeast of Gage Lake. 22:i Additions to the Flora of Marion County, with Notes on Plants Heretofore Unreported from the State of Indiana. Benj. W. Dou( 1. Woodsia obtusa Torr. 31. 2. DuUchium arundinweum Britton. 32. 3. Scirpm dehilis Pursh. 33. 4. Carex lupuUna Muhl. 34. 5. Carex comosa Boott. 35. 6. Trillium sessile L. 36. 7. Trillium erectum L. 37. 8. Polygonum Virginianum L. 38. 9. AUionia nyctaginea Michx. 39, 10. Nymphsea advena Soland. 40. 11. Nelumho lutea Pers. 41. 12. Caltha palustris L. 42. 13. Delphinium trichorne Michx. 43. 14. Clematis Vioma L. 44. 15. Thalictrum dioicum L. 45. 16. lierbens vulgaris L. 46. 17. Jeffersonia diphylla Pers. 47. 18. Arabis dentata T-G. 48. 19. Cleome spiyiosa L. 49. 20. Opidaster opulifolius Kuntze. 50. 21. Comarum palustre L. 51. 22. Eosa hum His Marsh. 52. 23. Amelanchier Canadensis Medic. 53. 24. Crataegus Cms- Galli Jj. 54. 25. Robina pseudacacia L. 65. 26. Meibomia nudiflora Kuntze. 66. 27. Meibomia rigida Kuntze. 57. 28. Lespedeza repens Bart. 58. 29. Strophostyles helvola Britton. 59. 30. Oxalis violaceae L. 60. Linum usitatissimum L. Ptelcu irifoliata L. Eu])horbia coroUatu L. Euphorbia commutata Engelm. Ilex verticillata Gray. Vitis sestivalis Miclix. Hypericum prulificum L. Hypericum spha;rocarpum Michx. Hypericum perforatum L. Hypericum maculatum Walt. Hypericum mutilum L. Triadenum Virginicum Raf. Viola tenella Muhl. Cubelium concolor Raf. Aralia racemosa L. Panax quinquefolium L. Thaspium barbinode Nutt. Conium macidatum L. Cicuta maculata L. Cornu^ alternifolia L. Nyssa sylvatica Marsh. Hypopitys Jtypopitys Small. Steironerna quadriflorum Hitchc. Diospyros Virginiana L. Gentiana Audrewsii Griseb. Ipoma^a j)andurata Meyer. Hydro}>hyllum Virginicum L. Hydro})hyllum Canadense L. Mertensia Virginica D. C Scutellaria cordifolia. 224 61. KoelUa flfXHOsa MacM. 62. Koellia Virginkma MacM. 63. Lycopus Americanns Muhl. 64. Mentha spicata L. 65. Plnjsalis Virginiana Mill. 66. Collinsia renia Nutt. 67. Miviulus ringens L. 68. Afzelia macrophylla Kuntze. 69. Gerardia tenuifolia Vahl. 70. Houstonia coerulea L. 71. Houstonia cilioJata Torr. 72. Triosteum perfoliatum. L. 73. Lobelia spicata Lam. 74. Nabalus altissinuts Hook. 75. I'ernonia Noreboraccnsis Willd. 76. Solidago Canadensis L. 77. Euthamia graminifolia Nutt. 78. Antennaria plantaginifolia Rich- ards. 79. Gnaphaliurii obtiisi folium L. 80. Dysodia papposa Hitchc. 81. Erechtites hieracifolia Raf. 82. Mesadenia atriplicifolia Raf. 83. Senecio aureus L. New State Plants. Tradescantia breiicaulix Raf. Short stemmed spiderwort. Growing on hillsides near Alliance, Marion County. Tradescantia hractccda Small. Long bracted spiderwort. Found in similar localities to the last and associated with it. Thlaspi arrense L. Penny Cress. On R. R. near Indianapolis. Rare. Sisymbrium aJtissimr(m L. On R. R. near Broad Ripple, Marion County. Rare. Camelina microcarpa Andrz. "Waste fields near Fair Grounds at Indianapolis. Physostegia parvifiora Nutt. Western Lion's Heart. Along White River at Broad Ripple, Marion County. Solanum Torreyi A. Grey. Dry fields, Hancock County. Spreading. Reported to me by Jacob Schramm. Houstonia tenuifolia Nutt. Slender leaved Houstonia. Dry hills in northern part of Marion County. 225 Additions to the List of Gall-Producing Insects Common to Indiana. Mel T. Cook. Two years ago the writer presented a list of forty species of gall- procliicing insects common to Indiana. One year ago an additional list of eleven species was presented to the Academy. It was at first intended to make as complete a list as possil:)le and then to give a more extensive discussion of these very interesting insects and the abnormal growths produced by them. However, a change of residence has made a change of plans necessary. The following is a list of species which have come to my attention within the past year and previous to my leaving Indiana. Hemiptera. 52. Pfmphigus ragabundus Walsli. — Populas deltoides Marsh. 53. Ilamamelistis spinosjts Shinier. Ilaniamelis Yirginiana L. DiPTERA. 54. Cecidomyia clavula Beut. Cornus florida L, 55. Cecidomyia cerasi-serutinui' O. S. Prunuti serotinae Ehrh. Hymenoptera. 56. Amphibolips prunuf< Walsh. Quercus sp 57. Ci/nips pi.vum Fitch. Quercus alba Ij. 58. Dryophanta radicola Ashm. Quercus alba L. 59. Neuroterus rileyi Bassett. Quercus prinus L. 60. Rhodites radicum O. S. Rosa Carolina L. 61. Rhodites dichlocertis HaTTis. Rosa Carolina Ij. 62. Rhodites globidus Beut. Rosa Carolina L. Arachnida. 6.3. Acanis serotinae Beut. Prunus serotina Ehrh. 15— A. OF Science, '04. 226 Nos. 52, 56 and 60 were sent to me by Mr. F. C. Senour, of New Augusta, Indiana. The others and also specimens of No. 52 were col- lected by me near Greencastle, Indiana. We have now a list of sixty-three species, representing twenty-five genera and five orders of insects, including Arachuida. The host plants represent eleven orders, fourteen families and eighteen genera. 227 Tyloses in Brosimlm Aubletii. Kathekine E. Golden. The wood of Brosimuni Aubk'tii has been given various common names, as leopard-wood, letter-wood, and snake-wood, on account of the mottled appearance of part of its heartwood. It is a very hard, compact wood, dark brown in color, and has part of the heartwood beautifully mottled with black. The mottling is due to the sclerenchymatous tyloses which ttU its tracheae. The wood is composed of a mass of fine fibres, nearly round in trans- verse section, and arranged in fairly regular radial rows. The fibres are flattened tangentially when adjoining either parenchyma cells or Leopard-wood. Tang. Sect. ( x 300 ) trachea?. The tracheae are scattered promiscuously throughout the fibres, either singly or in groups of two to four. They are finely pitted, and con- sist of vessels and tracheides. Parenchyma occurs around the tracheae, sometimes in single rows, sometimes irregularly grouped, also in tangen- 228 tial lines, and in regular radial rows, having blind ends, as they seem to start and to stop anywhere. The tangential rows branch, the branches running into other rows or joining with the cells around trachea?. Some- times the tangential and radial rows are so regular that they give the wood a cross-ljarred apiiea ranee. The medullary rays consist of very narrow, long cells, the long diam- eter running in a radial direction. They are from one to four cells wide, the more common number being two. They are from about tifteen to fifty cells in height, though an accurate count could not be made, due to the presence in every ray of larger sclerenchymatous cells. One or more of these sclerenchymatous cells, having fairly thick walls, occur in Leopard-wood. Trans. >Sect. ( x 300 ) each ray, either at the end or throughout its height. In all cases a sclerenchyma cell occupies the place of two to four of the regular parenchyma cells and seems to be the result of the merging of a number of the parenchyma cells. They are seen to best advantage in the tangen- tial section. In a sunilar way the radial I'ows of parenchyma, though as regular in their formation as the rays, are easily distinguislied fiom the rays by their greater size and sclerenchymatous Avails. 229 All the elements of the wood, includin.u' even the wood fibres, have their Inmina tilled witli a l)rown to black solid coloring matter. The walls of the elements are not impregnated with the color, and consequently stand out distinctly, so that their peculiarities are easily observed. The chief peculiarity of Leopard-wood is the presence of sclerenchym- atous tyloses. Thyloses or tyloses, as tliey are more commonly called, are ingrowths of parenchymatous cells into the cavity of the tracheae. When a trachea is adjoined by parenchyma, the parenchyma retains its protoplasm after the trachea becomes empty; as the parenchyma exerts pressure on the non-resistent walls of the trachea, the parenchyma pushes into the cavity of the trachea through a pit or weak spot, forming a short ^mfM:4 ¥'•' -JF ^ (1 g^ig^"- W '"fl ^ #.'.'; ♦.. > ^ K ' "^ if'^ ' ;# f ' if f V Leopard-wood. Trans. Sect. ( x 80 ) tube. The tube may be the only one at that part of the trachea, or there may be so many that there is a series of tubes lining the entire cavity. These ingrowths may make no fiirther progress, but the more common method of development is tlie formation of a wall at the junction of the tracheal wall, cutting off the ingrowths. These ingrowths may then carry on cell division, forming a mass of parenchyma filling the lumen of the trachea. Tyloses form in many Dicotyledons as a regular phenom- 230 enon, and without the occurrence of any injury to stimulate growth. They form ill pitted trachea? usually, though in some one-year old stems they form in fihrously thickened trachea? without any perforations. The walls of the tyloses are delicate at first, but they afterwards thicken somewhat, and their cellulose walls become lignitied like the rest of the wood parenchyma. In Leopard-wood the tyloses have their walls so strongly thickened that the cells resemble the stone cells in pears. Nearly all the tracheae are filled with them, rarely is there found a portion of a trachea without V:;Os^ m ^ H ^ w 1 1 1 \ ^ j \S^M- 1 1 i w i m P- ^^y ^ h Leopard-wood. Taiigr. Sect. ( x 80 ) them. The stone cells are irregular in shape, and are packed closely together, usually one being sufficient to till the lumen transversely, though sometimes two and three are wedged together across tlie lumen. The walls vary considerably in thickness, some having their lumina entirely obliterated, while in close proximity to them may be others with fairly large lumina. In all of them the thiclveiiing of the walls is in well-detined layers, the layers sometimes separating from each other. All the walls are provided witli fine canals, radiating from the central lumen, some- times branched, and in all. tlie canals of adjoining cells corresponding. 231 The tyloses give the Avood a characteristic appearance under the mi- croscope. This can be seen in the photographs, though much of the beauty is lost with the loss of color. Boulger (1) in his valuable AA'ork on wood mentions the sclerenchym- atous tyloses of the Leopard-wood, and in describing the gross structui"e of the wood, states that the sapwood is yellow, and that the tree has heartwood squaring twenty inches, tliough only six inches show the characteristic mottling. This would seem to indicate that even if all the heartwood had t.vloses form, not all become sclerenchymatous. Leopard-wood. Rad. Sect. ( x 80 ) The wood is used in this country in the manufacture of musical in- struments, and only the mottled wood is prized. Pieces of the mottled were all that I was able to obtain, so I had no way of determining any- thing in regard to the tyloses in the sapwood or unmottled heartwood. The formation of tyloses through the activity of the parenchyma, can be readily understood, but nothing is known as to the cause of this activ- ity in some woods, while in other woods tyloses are never formed. Then again in most woods investigated nothing definite as to time of formation is known. DeBary (2) states that in Robinia pseudacacia tyloses form in 232 the autumn in the wood formed the previous spring, and that this is true, also, of other woods, but nothing detinite as to their occurrence or absence is linown. Further investigation is necessary to determine the facts rel- ative to tyloses other than their structure and seemingly haphazard occurrence. 1. Boulger, G.S. Wood. 1902. 2. DeBmry, A. Comparative Anatomy, 1884. 233 Some Experiments with a Simple Jolly Balance. Lynn B. MoMullen. In presenting a paper of this kind l)efore the Academy of Science I tlaink it is well to point out that the research work of the high school teacher must be "re"search work indeed— must be research work back- ward instead of forward. If I might be allowed to read you a parable I should remind you that some fifty, or perhaps sixty, years ago our grand- fathers came to Indiana to do research work of a bread-winning charac- ter. But those grandparents had brothers, who, through necessity or laclc of years, were compelled to stay at home and take care of the real little folks. I take it that tlie same thing is true of the members of this Academy. Some, usually those of the ;''olIeges, are able to do research work. Others, particularly those of the high schools, must expend their enei'gies in the perfecting of details. Those of us that remember our college course in Physics hold the old Jolly balance, with which we wrestled, in much awe. Certainly no piece of apparatus could be more perverse. The spring being stationary at the top and entirely free at the bottom would take its time in coming to rest and its distance from the meter stick gave parallax an excellent oppor- tunity to do its worst. Further, as the spring stretched the table must be moved, and the table was usually stuck. It is easy to see now that the conversion of the .Jolly balance from a rogue to a useful citizen de- pended upon some device for stretching the spring "up" from a stationary bottom instead of '•down" from a stationary top. It is the purpose of this paper to explain one such device and to present data showing the accuracy that may be obtained by using it. The base of the balance is a Sapolio box Gx9xl2-in. mounted on level- ing screws and weighted with a brick. To the front of the box is screwed an upright standard four feet long. This standard is made by nailing to the face of a piece of poplar %x2-in. two strips ^^x^-in. leaving a groove between them 1-in. wide and %-in. deep in which a meter stick may slide freely. To the upper end of the meter stick is fastened a string which runs over a pulley at the top of the standard. The other end of this string is tied to the end of a large horizontal screw which runs through the side of the box with sufficient friction to hold the meter stick in any desired position. From the top of the meter stick at right angles to it 234 projects an arm two inches long to the end of which the spring is at- tached. From the lower end of the spring is suspended an indicator of the form shown in figure I. with the usual pans below. The shelf shown in figure I upon which the point of the indicator rests when not in use is made of sheet brass and is fastened to the column one foot from the lower end. Tacked to one of the side sti'ips immediately below this shelf so that it projects over the meter sticlv slightly is a small metal plate Pointer Sprinci bearing a horizontal scratch. The distance from the top of the meter stick to this scratch can be read with considerable accuracy to the tenth part of a millimeter. Below this shelf slides a table upon which vessels of water, etc., can be placed. To use the apparatus the spring must first be calibrated. Incidentally, Hooke's law may be verified. To do this a reading of the distance from the top of the stick to the scratch is taken when the spring is so adjusted that the pointer barely swings clear of the shelf, no load being in the pans. A load of one gram is then added and the spring is stretched,— by raising tlie meter stick with the before mentioned cord and screw— until the pointer clears the platform again. The distance from the top of the meter stick to the scratch is again read. The difference between the two readings gives the elongation for a load of one gram. For ordin.Mry work rliis eloiigiition should be al)out five 235 centimeters. With such a spring it is seen that a load of .002 grams will cause an elongation of .1 of a millimeter. The following tables of data and results obtained by using this simple Jolly balance are self explanatory. They are given not because of any new principle contained in them, but because of the extreme accuracy shown— accuracy seemingly out of all proportion to the care with which the apparatus was constructed. Hooke's Law AND THE Modulus OF THE Spring. No Load Reading with Load. Reading. Load. Elongation. E/L. Ig. 54.96 cm. 60.14 cm. 5.18 cm. 6.18 2 54.96 65.33 10.37 6.18(5) 3 54.96 70.51 16.55 5.18(3) 4 64.96 75.66 20.70 5.17(5) 5 55.00 80.90 25.90 5.18(0) Modulus =L/E=. 193. Mean 6.180 Density of a Steel Bicycle Ball. No Load. Load. Elongation. 54.97 cm. 83.95 cm. 28.98 cm. 54.97 83.93 28.96 56.00 83.97 28.97 Mean elongation = 28.97. Mass = elongation X modulus = 6.591 g. Diameter by micrometer screw caliper = 1.1115 cm. Volume .7189 cc. Density = M/ V = 7.78 g. per cc. Principle of Archimedes. Ball in Air, Ball in Water. Decrease. 82.98 cm. 79.32 cm. 3.66 cm. 82.99 79.30 3.69 83.00 79.34 3.66 Mean decrease in elongation =: 3.67 Loss of weight in water .708 g. Volume of ball from preceding experiment .718 cc. Volume of water displaced by the ball .718 cc. "Weight of water displaced by the ball .718 g. 236 The weight of the water displaced by the ball differs from the loss of j weight by 1.4 %. The accuracy may be increased by using aluminum in- ! stead of steel. \ Specific Gravity of an Irregular Solid. No Load. Aluminum in Air. Aluminum in Water. 54.07 cm. 88.36 cm. 76.70 cm. { 54.07 88.38 75.69 j 54.08 88.38 75.69 - ! Elongation in air 34.31 cm. ; Elongation in water 21.62 cm. i Decrease in water 12.69 cm. Specific gravity of aluminum 2.70. Specific Gravity of Solids Lighter than Water. I I Paraffin and Aluminum •; No Load. Paraffin in Air. in Water. : 54.01 67.23 73.39 j 54.01 67.25 73.37 ■ 54.00 67.24 73.38 ' Elongation due to paraffin in air 13.23 cm. ; Elongation due to both in water 19.37 cm ^ Elongation due to aluminum in water 21.61 cm. .^ Elongation due to paraffin in water — 2.25 cm. ;] Loss by paraffin in water 15.48 cm. 1 Specific gravity of paraffin = .854. ii Specific Gravity of Liquids. No Load in Ether. Aluminum in Ether. i 54.26 cm. 79.01 cm. - 54.26 79.00 54.27 79.00 : Elongation due to aluminum in air 34.31 cm. 1 Elongation due to aluminum in ether 24.74 cm. i Decrease in ether 9.57 cm. " Decrease in water 12.69 cm. Specific gravity of ether .754. J Besides these, two other experiments can be performed in a very satis- i factory manner, namely, "The Surface Tension of Water" and "The ; Distribution of Magnetism in a Bar Magnet." j 237 Newtonian Idea of the Calculus. Arthur S. Hathaway. The history of the calculus shows that even a mathematical theory cnuiiot escape the effects of environment. Sir Isaac Newton was for many years the sole possessor of a knowledge of the calculus, and used it with a power which few have been able to equal since his time; yet he has had practically no intiuence on its present form of de- velopment. This was due to Newton's dislike for controversy, so that instead of contending for his ideas, he let them appear only in con- cise and general form, or even not at all. With the exception of his first two papers on optics, "all of his works were published only after the most persistent solicitations of his friends, and against his own wishes." The criticism which would have aroused an ambitious man to a vigorous defense, had the opposite effect on his disposition. "I was so persecuted." he wrote, "with discussions arising out of my theory of light, that I blamed my own imprudence for parting with so substantial a blessing as my quiet to run after a shadow." Newton was well versed in the method of fluxions, and the in- verse method, that is in differentiation and integration, by the year 1(>G6. In 1G(!9 he circulated a manuscript on the subject among his friends, but refused their solicitations to have it published, and it was not until 1003 that it was communicated to the scientific world by Wallis. in the .second volume of his works. During this interval of a quarter of a century, Newton had changed his ideas in Important respects, through extensive use of the calculus. He had developed his Theory of Light, discovered the Binomial Theorem, determined the Law of Gravitation, and the I'rinciples of Dynamics, and made important in- vestigations in all departments of mathematical and physical science. Although the Prineipia, which appeared in 1G87, contained no direct information on the calculus, yet its fundamental ideas and principles were involved in every detail of the work. The development of the Prineipia is due to the calculus, but NcAvton undertook the laborious task of translating everything into the elementary geometrical methods of the time and omitted many results which he had obtained by the calculus, because he could not so interpret them. Many things have been discovered since his time that were afterwards found in his papers 238 and correspondence, and he left many undemonstrated theorems, whose proofs battled succeeding mathematicians for 50. 100, and even 200 years. The Quadrature of Curves, published in 1704, and the Principia, are the proper sources for Newton's matured ideas on the calculus, and not his earlier manuscript, published by Wallis. The earlier paper adopts the infinitesimal method of neglecting small quantities which is now associated with Leibnitz's calculus, not, however, with the latter's dis- regard of logic, but in connection with the idea of a limit which is the modern foundation of that method. Newton states in the Quadrature of Curves that "in mathematics the minutest errors are not to be neglected." Also, "I consider mathematical quantities in this place, not as consisting of very small parts, Init as described by continuous motion. Lines are described and therel>y generated, not by the apposition of parts, but by the continued motion of points; superficies by the motion of liues; solids by the motion of superficies; angles by the rotation of sides; por- tions of time by continual liux; and so on in other quantities. These geneses really take place in the nature of things and are daily seen in the motion of bodies." He then goes on to define fluxions, or as we would now call them, differentials: "Fluxions are as near as we please, as the increments of fluents, gen- erated in times which are the same and as small as possible, and to speak accurately, they are in the prime ratio of nascent increments; yet they can be expressed by any lines whatever which are proportional to them." Newton immediately illustrates this definition by the abscissa and ordinate of a curve, whose differentials are shown to be any correspond- ing increments of abscissa and ordinate along the tangent line. This, and numerous similar illustrations in the Principia, show that Newton meant by the ultimate ratio of vanishing quantities, tJic limit of the ratio of ail!/ finite proportioiiaJs to the viiiisliiiKj quantities. See, for ex- ample, Princ. Bk. 1, Lemma 1, Art. 12. "Ultimate Ratio of Vanishing Quantities." Also, Lemmas 7, 8, 9. Newton did not consider the modern (piestion as to whether or not this ratio was definite, and the answer to that question is not pertinent to his definition. In other words, differen- tials can exist when such ratio is indeterminate. Translated into its exact modern equivalent, his definition is: 239 Corresponding differentials are, as near as we please, proportionals to correspond- ing and indefinitely small increments of variables, and to speak acctirately, they are corresponding limits of such proportionals. The power and generality of this definition can only be understood after a careful study of its consequences. It applies whatever the num- ber of independent variables. It is the mathematical foundation of Newton's conception of the state of change of variables, in which cor- responding differentials are made to signify corresponding increments. In other words, corresponding increments of a state of change of ixtriahles are as near as we please, proportionals to corresponding and indefinitely small increments of the varial)les. As an illustration of the method, consider z = xy, and as usual, let A^. A?/i A 2^. denote any corresponding increments of .r, y, z. Then, As=.r Ay + .V A-i- + A-^' • Ay Let iV be a variable number which becomes indefinitely large in any way whatever (as N^=\, 2, 3, 4, and so on indefinitely). Conceive A^» A2/> to diminish as A' increases, so that their proportionals, N/\x, Nl\y, remain finite and approach limits designated by dx, dy {l\x = dx/N-\-S'N^, /\y^dy/ N-\- 5/N', for example). Then if dz denote the limit of the re- maining proportional JV^ z, the equation from which it is to be determined is N/\z = xN_^y -ir- yNr\x + N'/\x. l\y, which gives, by the theorems of limit, dz = xdy + ydx. Here, the ratio dz/dx is absolutely indeterminate, since it depends upon the values chosen for d.r, dy. Leibnitz rediscovered the calculus in 1676, and immediately published his methods and spread them over Europe. His right to the title of inde- pendent discoverer was disputed by the friends of Newton, because when Leibnitz was just turning his attention to mathematics in 1673, he visited London and consulted some manuscripts of Newton. Leibnitz's defense is that he did not see the manuscript on the calculus, and his notes taken at the time, and afterwards discovered, contain only references to Newton's papers on optics. It is fortunate in respect to notation that we have received the calculus from the hands of Leibnitz rather than Newton ; but the history of the calculus, from Leibnitz on, revolves about objections to his infinitesimal methods. In order to avoid those methods, Lagrange recast the calculus into practically its present form. He regarded the differentials of the independent variables as their small actual increments, and the differential of a dependent variable as that part of its increment which is of first degree when it is expanded in ascending powers of the 240 independent increments. In his method, the principle quantities were the differential coefficients, and if z were a function of x, y, he wrote , dz , , dz dz = ^r- dx -\- -=- dy d.r ' dy ^ where dz/d.c was a whole symbol for the coefficient of dx in dz, and not the quotient of dz by dx; and similarly for dz/dy. This idea was not received with favor, partly because it made the cal- culus depend upon expansions in series, whereas, one important feature of the calculus was the determination of such expansions. At present, we have a derivative calculus, with a differential notation, in which differentials have significance only in quotient forms; in fact the derivative is Lagrange's differential coefficient, and the two terms are used interchangeably. The student is taught that the quotient form is an in- separable symbol, but the notation, and the calculus itself, eventually require their separation. The explanations which have been devised for such separation of inseparable symbols are sometimes remarkable. The method of rates is simply to define the derivative dy dx as tlie rate at which y is changing, and dy, dx, as any quantities whose ratio is dyulx. This is not the same as Newton's metliod, who makes dy the amount which y changes in its state of change when x changes by dx, and thence dy/dx is the change of y per unit change of x. It does matter whether we make dif- ferentials the prime quantities, and thence deduce the significance of their ratios, or whetlier we make the ratios the prime quantities, and thence deduce differentials. For, two variables can have differentials, with no ratio tliat is definite, i. e., independent of the values of the differentials themselves. In a calculus in which the derivative is the prime quantity, the differ- ential notation creates numerous (irtificial difficulties which would be elim- inated by a proper derivative notation; but this would limit the scope of the calculus and alter many of its time-honored developments. Nor is it necessary to make a change of notation, because tlie present notation is made completely significant by Newton's definition. "When we consider the weight that attaches to the name of Newton, it would seem that his views on the calculus were worthy of being considered, even today. When we add tliat he is the original inventor, and that his fundamental idea of the differential is the very one tliat is needed to give the differential calculus an intelligent and rigorous matliematical basis, it is certainlv time that he came into liis own. 241 Conditions for the Deformation of Surfaces Referred to a Conjugate System of Lines. Burke Smith. When a surface is subjected to a series of deformations, each form that it assumes during the deformation may be thought of as a separate, dis- tinct surface. We may thus regard a deformation of a surface as a continuous system of surfaces, each representing some form into which the original surface may be deformed. In this paper we consider the problem of determining those surfaces which may be deformed so that a conjugate system of lines will still remain a conjugate system after the deformation is carried out. We sliall suppose that the equations of the surfaces that we consider are given in the form, X = f 1 (//, V), y = fj ifi, i), z = f 3 ifJ, "). and that the first and second fundamental magnitudes are E, F, G and D, D', D", respectively. If S2 represents the form that Sj takes when deformed so that a conju- gate system remains a conjugate system, then Sj is applicable on Sj. But the necessary and sufficient condition that two surfaces should be appli- cable on each other is that tlicy shnll liave the same lineal element and the same total curvature. If the parametric lines, ," = const. , 1-= const., on Sj and Sj form a conjugate system, then D'= o for both Sj and S,. Since Sj and Sj must have the same lineal element and the same curvature, we have from the relation, K ">">" EG— F2 that D2 = > Di and D^'^ =^ / D/^ where the subscripts refer to Sj and S2 respectively, and / is a function of f and v. To determine ?i we make use of the fact that Codazzi's equations must be satisfied for both S^ and S^- Bianchi* lias thus shown that X must satisfy the equations, r/ii:) — \2 1 It j *" Vorlesungen iiber Differential-Ueometrie," p. 336. 16— A. OF SCIKNCE, '04. 242 (1) Tv ^^) --\ 1 , I ^ -tJ f 12 ) ^ ( 12 ) ^ where ^ 1 ^ and , « ^^^ tl^^ symbols of Christoffel formed with respect to the Gauss sphere. Since now -;^ — r- ^ -^ — j^ we have from (1), Oil Op dv Ofi as the condition of integrability, [.5r "I 2 I ^\ 1 / \ 2 )■ J - |^,V' I 1 J ~ I 1 I' \ 2 / J Having given tlie surface Si, then to every value of ? which satisfies (1) and (2) there corresponds a surface S2 of the desired type. There are three possible cases tliat may occur under (2). Suppose, first, that the surface Si is such that /TN ' _^ f 12) ^_ „ f 121 ^ f 12) '_ ^ f 12\^ ^ ' cm. long and 2 cm. in width W and closed by some black paper, and a sheet of aluminum 10 mm. thick. The general arrangement of the apparatus is that shown in Fig. I. The 17— A. or SciKNCB, '04. 258 rays are supposed to pass tlu-ough the window W and fall on some feebly luminous object such as a heated platinum wire or a calcium sulphide screen at S. Both the platinum wire and the sulphide screen were used and Avlien viewed by the eye thrcugh ground glass at various angles and positions relative to the source nothing definite was noticed. The feebly luminous spot at times appai-ently brightened, then moved around in a circle and went through a series of displacements. This proved that nothing definite can be arrived at by viewing directly with the eye. The most reliable method of recording the action of a feebly luminous source is photography. With tliis method, direct and indirect vision is eliminated, as well as the error due to the increased sensitiveness of the eye after being in the dark for some time. A number of photographs were taken, on Seed's regular "gilt edge" plates, with the light from a heated platinum wire, a luminous calcium sulphide screen, and a feeble spark. The Platinum Wire. The platinum wire was a very thin strip cut from a piece of foil .03 mm. thick, so that in no place was the wire more than .05 mm. broad. Only one place along it was allowed to be heated and the ap- proximate breadth of this place was .08 mm. The wire was heated by a current approximately .9 amperes from three or five Edisou-Lalande batteries. In some of the latter experiments a storage battery was used. The relative position of the different parts of the ai)i)!iratus is shown in Fig. II. s ==i B is a cardboard l)ox in wliicli is p'aced the plntinuni wire. The platinum wire is soldei-ed to two coppi'r wires wliicli are fastened to a 259 wooden l)l(ick by two binding' posts in order to nialce connection witli the battery. The photographic plate was so mounted back of a block of wood al)out '2~^ cm. long-, 14 cm. wide and 4 cm. thick with a hole 2M> em. in diameter that it could be slid past the opening and a number of exposures made upon one plate. MB R/AP. 3.0SEC. PL/ITE, I, The tirst two photographs taken wivh the apparatus just described with the time of exposure and current as indicated. There is very little if any difference between those marked X and the others. Those marked N are exposures without a lead screen inserted between the source and the platinum wire. 260 Calcium Sulphide. Tlu> calcium suliiliide is the luminous sulphide as prepared by E. H. 8arg( nt tfc Company. Chemists, of Chicago. The sulphide was spread on a cardlioaid witli nuu-ila.uc and excitisl by sunlight. A tin can was placed around the iron pipe and aluminum window placed in the tin can. ^^'ith this arrangement some of the external heating effects were eliminated. ,C I fl/A P. 60 SaC . PLRTE .U , riiotographs III and IV were taken with tlie sulpliide screen parallel to tiic aluminum windoA\ so that the rays must fall on the back side of the screen while their effect was photographed from the front side. Photograph III was taken with the sensitive plate about 4 cm. from the screen while IV Avas less than 1 cm. and in no case was the sulphide screen more tlian 2." cm. from the source. In III the exposures were alternated . and 7 were taken when a lead screen was placed 262 between the source and sulphide screen. In the photograiihs it is seen that there is a gradual decay in the luminous intensity of the screen, and if there is any radiation coming from the burner, in no case is It sutficently intense to ovei'come the decay or even make the rate notice- ably different. Photograph IV was tnlcen by exposing one-half of the luminous screen to the radiations while at the same time the other half, which was screened from them by lead, was exposed. The arrangement is similar to that shown in Fig. III. r/a . CD S is a large lead plate 1 mm. thick v\-itli a circular opening in the center, on the back of which is fastened the sulphide screen. In the line A D across the opening is a lead strip projecting 2 or 3 mm. foward. A B C D is a small lead plate on the back side of the larger one. covering one-half of the opening. With this arrangement sixteen exposures were taken on one plate and a dh'ect comparison can be made. In the sixteenth d r/c. fl> . there is not much difference between the half marked N and the half not marked at all. 263 Photograiili V is taken with the aid oi' convex lenses, focussing the light from the snlpliide screen on the ph:ite; by means of a lead plate. one-half of the luminous screen was screened from the source in such a manner as is shown in Fig. IV. A lilack strip of paper is pasted across the center of the screen to marlv the halves of the luminous sulphide- 264 Photograph VI is a trial plate to investigate the effect of various times of exposures. Tlie exposures marked N are seen to be sliglitly darker on the negative. Tliis seems to indicate that there is a slight effect from the radiations of the Welsl)ach Iturner. Photographs A'll and VIII are to show wlietlier or not VI is due to a radiation. VII shows similar results to VI and is taken under similar conditions. It was thought that it might be due to heat, and to prove this a lead plate was placed against the tin can, wliere It became lieated. Exposure A'llI is made with the radiation cut off by the lead plate suspended between the source and sulphide screen and shows similar results to VI and VII. The exposures 265 marked N aiv the (U'liser on the negative, not because of a radiation falling on the coi responding side of the screen, but because of heat or of initial conditions of luminosity. The arrangement of apparatus for these three photographs ii*^ shown in Fig. V. 266 C. 5 Feeble Spark. The apparatus used was as described iu Blondlot's work. The results were negative and only two photogi-aphs talien, both of which are given in plate IX and X. The intensity of the sparli was that given by a 267 spark between two rounded ends of platinum wire % mm. diameter sepa- rated a small fraction of a mm. The potential at the spark gap was not N 5"0Sac. PLRTE.a. PLRTE.X. great enough to spark a distance of 14 mm. While working with this apparatus a phenomenon occurred which shows how easily constant errors may influence the result. The lead screen used to intercept the radia- tion was suspended by cords to the top of the iron lamp chimney so as 268 to be easily and noiselessly swung in and out of the path of the radia- tion from the window. It was noticed that when the lead was interposed the intensity of the sparlc gap as seen through the ground glass di- minished considerably and increased again when taken away. This was what we were lool^iug for. Of course we thought that after weeks of vain effort we Avere to be rewarded. After changing our apparatus a little the results were just the reverse oi what we expected. We also noticed the character of the sound of the vibrator of the induction coil changed in unison with the intensity. A little investigation showed that a slight pressure anywhere on the table would produce the same effect. It seemed that the vibrator was vibrating about a point of nearly un- stable equilibrium. A slight change of level of the table caused the vibration to be different and thus cause a different intensity of the spark. The weight of the screen as it was swung to and fro was enough to change the level of the table, which was an ordinary wooden one set solidly on a concrete basement floor. A three-glower 220 volt Nernst lamp was substituted for the Wels- bacli lamp. The results were the same as before. Our results are all negative. After experimenting for some months and appreciating the difficulties and the various psychial phenomena that may enter we are tempted to believe, as some others do, that the various French physicists have been misled. On the other hand, when we consider that the experimenters on this phenomenon have world-wide reputation, we can not tlilnk that such men as Blondlot, Charpentier, or Becquenl would rush into print on a subject of which they were not al)Solutely certain, especially on one that has lieen called in question by noted physicists. It is our intention to remodel our apparatus in certain respects and continue tlie investigation. Bibliography N-Rays. R. Blondlot. New Light. Comptes Rendus 130. pp. 735-738, March 20. 1903. Journal de Physique, Yol. II, p. 339. 1903. Rays from an Auer Burner. C. R. 13G, pp. 1120-1123, May 11, i:X)3. Journal de Physique, Vol. II. p. 4S1. 1903. 269 Blondlot's N-rays. C. R. 136, pp. 1227-1229, May 25, 1903. Journal de Physique, Vol. II, p. 549. 1903. N-rays in Solar Radition. C. R. 13G, pp. 1421-1422, June 15, 1903. Journal de Physique, Vol. II, p. 551. 1903. Action of N-rays. C. R. 137, pp. 166-169, July 20, 1903. New Effect of N-rays. C. R. 137, pp. 684-686, Nov. 2, 1903. Storage of N-rays by Certain Bodies. C. R. 137, pp. 729-731, Nov. 9, 190.3. Effect of N-rays on the Eye. C. R. 137, pp. 831-833, Nov. 23, 1903. Emission of N-rays by Constrained Bodies. C. R. 137, pp. 962-964, Dec. 7, 1903. Dispersion and Wave-length of N-rays. C. R. 138, pp. 125-129, Jan. 18, 1904. Action of N-rays Recorded by Photography. C. R. 138, pp. 453-456, Feb. 22. 1904. New Kind of N-rays. C. R. 138, pp. 545-547, Feb. 29, 1904. Peculiarities of the Action of N-rays. C. R. 138, pp. 547-548. Feb. 29, 1JM)4. Blondlot's N-rays. Electrician 52, p. 830, March 11, 1904. Difference in the Action of Heat and of N-rays on Phosphorescemc C. R. 138, p. 665, March 14, 1904. Action of N-rays. C. R. 138. pp. 1.394-1395, June 6, 1904. Photographic Registration of N-ray Effects. C. R. 138, pp. 1675-1676, June 17, 19 dying girl, lie reached her presence, strutted around her, laid the crossed wands on her, blew his breath on them, danced backwards for about twelve feet with medicine wands still crossed, parted tlie wands by a sweeping vigorous movement of the hands in opposite directions, thus sending the evil spirits not into the swine, but to the four winds. He retiu'ued to the patient, placed the wands on her breast, then danced backwards and scattered the evil ones as before. He then placed the crossed wands upon her head, and lastly upon her back, each time performing as above described. His work being completed, he galloped off into obscurity to appear in the next scene. The other medicine dancers in succession went through practically the same performance as the first "Cheden" did. Then the clown came. His performing, in addition to his tumbling and rolling around in the dirt, was about the same as that of those who preceded him, except that he did not strut and gobble like a turkey. His acting completed part one of this scene. There were three other parts to this scene all of which were similar to the one just described with the exception that the position taken by the actors was different. In part two the sick one faced the southwest, the dancing column the northeast; in part three she faced the northwest, the column the southeast; and in part four she faced the northeast, the 281 colninn tlie southwest. Part four completed this scene and the medicine actors passed out beyond the circle of light. The next ten scenes were similar to the scene just described, except that when lookers-on went to sleep the Satanic majesty woke them up with his trident and made them dance, there being- twenty-seven sleepy ones dancing at one time. Just as day began to dawn the twelfth and last scene began. The Chief Brigham Youug, of ihe Apaches. medicine dancers appeared, were sprinkled with the sacred dust, and began to perform over the sick one as in the previous ten scenes with the exception that they used medicine hoops instead of wands. These hoops were two and one-half feet in diameter, were tive in number, were made of willow, and were painted so that the five represented the rainbow in color which they were intended to represent. Besides being painted, each hoop had five eagle feathers suspended from it. 282 Wben this scene began the young and middle-aged looliers-on took one more drink of Indian whiskey (they had been drinking it all night), formed around the central tire in a great circle, and danced around from left to right, the women in one half of the circle, the men in the other. The old women danced backward and forward on either side of the fire t. ^'^' f ■& |L^***' 'f#^-,: Grandma Irrigating:. within the outer dancing circle; and old grandma, Brigham Young, med- icine man C 4, and Loco Jim sprinkled the sacred dust and prayed in- cessantly to the gods. The dancing became more and more vigorous. Eveiy one joined in it. The sound of the peculiar drum, now being beat with greater accent, the loud chanting and the deafening shouts of the dancers filled all the surrounding country with ear-grating sounds. The excitement reached a high tension. The sick one made one supreme effort to rise and join in the dance; but she had not sufficient strength. They lifted her to a standing position, they sprinkled her with the sacred 283 (lust, they rubbed ber back ^Yith scorched fir twigs, tbey supported her in a dancing position. She made one naore heroic effort to dance and be- come well. Greater and greater grew the excitement. Loco Jim prayed louder, the shrieks and shouts of the dancers became deafening. The crisis came. In the excitement the sick one forgot lier ailments. She danced. She took a medicine god in each band. She lifted them high above her head. She leaped. She crow-hopped. She posed. She strutted round and round the great tire lilie a turkey. She called the gods by name. She shrieked, swooned and died. Words can not describe the scene that followed. Men, yes, Indian men, wept, tlie women wailed witli the hideous coyote yelping wail so characteristic of the Apaches. They all pulled their hair out by handfuls, they rent their apparel and destroyed their property at hand. Then all made a rush to see the corpse. They trampled over each other, and it was with difficulty that they were kept Irom crowding one another into the great fire. They carried her to the nearest wigwam; stripped, washed and dressed her; beaded her with all the beads of her clan; put wristlets upon wristlets on her wrists; rolled her in her best blanket; took her and ber medicme accoutei'ments to the mountain side and buried them beneath a piuyou tree. Then they returned and destroyed everything which be- longed to her, both animate and inanimate, together with her father's "tepee," that the things that were hers on earth might be with her in spirit in the land of bliss. Then for thirty days the women wailed and mourned for her at morning, noon and night. Thus were the ceremonies performed over the medicine girl brought to a close. 285 The Apache Medicine Game. Albert B. Reagan. The uiediciue game is usually played for the benefit of the sick. A medicine man plays to drive "sick" away; an Indian, as tlie representative of "sick," plays against him. If the representative of the good spirits wins, it is believed that the sick one will get well; if the representative of evil gains the victory, he will die. The medicine man so plays the game that if he believes the patient will die he loses, and if he believes he will get weU he wins; he must keep up his reputation as a medicine man. The game is also occasionally played to pass the time away. When played for that purpose four persons usually play, two playing as partners. In many respects this game resembles the "Setdilth Game," described in the Indiana Academy of Science for 1!X)3. The tally counts are 40 in number, as in that game; Init pebbles instead of cobble stones are used. Furthermore, instead of being picked up on the spot, as the cobble stones ■are, each family carries a "set" with them wherever they go. Like the Setdilth tallies, when used in playing they are arranged in a circle; but in groups of fives instead of tens. A wide space on opposite sides of the circle, designated "water," separates the four west groups' from the four east groups. As in the Setdilth game a center or bouncing rock is used. Also as in that game bouncing sticks are used, but the number is four instead of three. The sticks also are very different. The Setdilth sticks are about a foot in length, are the halves of green willows, and are thick and heavy. The ^Medicine sticks are two feet in length, are dry, seasoned material, are usually yucca lath, and are light and thin. Besides being variously carved, three of them have one face each painted red; the other face unpainted, or painted white. The other stick has one face painted black, the other green. As in the Setdilth game these sticks are struck endwise on the bouncing rock, and are then let fall as chance may direct. In this game, as in the Setdilth game, small sticks are placed between the last rock tally and the next pebble in the direction the player is moving his tally stick to mark the number of points he has gained. Unlike the Setdilth game, 41 points instead of 40 constitute a game-count; the players begin at the south wide space and in order to get 286 a game they must cross this same space on the return to at least one count on the other side.* Below are the rules of the game. Rules for Playing. 1. The opponents in the game face each other, both start from the south wide .space, and move their counting sticks around the stone circle in opposite directions, each playing as nis turn comes. 2. Should the counts of two opponents be such that their counting sticlis would occupy the same space, the one who played last takes up his opponent's counting stick and throws it back to the starting point. Its owner must begin the game anew, as all the points he has previously made are lost. 3. Should the counts of any player be such as to place his counting stick in either of the wide spaces, designated "water," he looses all the points he has made, his counting stick is thrown back to the starting place, and he must liegin again. Rules for counting the points, decided by the face of the sticks that are up after they have fallen (the faces according to color will be designated white, black, green, or red). 1. Two white plus one red plus one black, two points. 2. Three red plus one black and all the sticks straight and parallel. 5 points. 3. Three white plus one green, 10 points. 4. Three red plus one green, 13 points. 5. Three white plus one black, 13 points. 6. Three red plus one black, 20 points. 7. Three red. one crossing the other two, plus one black, 2(> points. 8. Three white plus one black laying across the others, 39 points. 9. Three red, one crossing the other tv.'O, plus one black crossing two red ones (in this game each cross counts 13 points), 52 points. 10. One hundred and sixty-four continuous points or four game-counts constitute a game. *The winner of the g'ame-count keeps on playing, retaining tlie extra points he lias gained; liis opponents begin anew. They, liowever, do not lose any game-connts pre vionsly gained in the game. 287 All Saints Day at Jemez, New Mexico. Albert B. Reagan. As the Jemez Indians are Catholics, they observe All Saints Day as other Catholics do, but after their own fashion. Whether mass is held in the Jemez church on that day or not, at daybreak the sexton com- mences to pound the two bells in the belfry of the church alternately with a hammer. This pounding he continues till sun up. The Indians then commence coming one by one to give gifts as prayers for the good of all saints. Some of these gift-carriers have baskets of gi'ain, some baskets of fruit, others baskets of baked bread. On entering the church, each gift-carrier proceeds to the altar, and, having made the cross and said the appropriate Catholic prayer, he places his gift upon the altar and leaves the church at once. On going out of the church he pulls the two bell ropes as often as he chooses, causing the clapperless bells to pound each other into a dull monotonous choppy ringing, thus declaring to the village and to his God that he has deposited his gift. This gift depositing is carried on throughout the entire day. The proceeds, thus obtained, are given to the priest. The Moccasin Game, Albert. B. Reagan. The Moccasin game is an Apache nocturnal game. It is played by the men only. The players and spectators gather in a circle around a lire, which serves both for warmth and light. The players divide them- selves into two groups, one of these groups occupies the west, the other the east part of the circle, which now assumes the form of an ellipse. Then the sides begin to bet. One side puts up a saddle that it will win the game. The other puts up a horse. So the betting goes on till the members of each side have staked on the game practically all they have. Then the game begins. It is on the same principle as the "chuck luck" game of the English walnut hulls and the pea, except that it is more complicated. It is a straight game of guess. There are two ways of playing this game. In the one (that used by El Sa Saj''s band) each side has seven round holes dug in the earth to the depth of about six inches. These holes are filled with leaves or tine bark; and the ground in the immediate vicinity is covered with the same material till the holes are practically hid from view, and instead of a pea a round pebble about the size of an egg is used. In the other style of playing, mounds of earth and variously arranged ridges are used instead of holes; the pebble being used as in the first case. Should mounds of earth be used, linnear marks are made on them to show the possible places that the ball (pebble) may be hid. In playing the game, if it is the first one of the season, the sides draw by lot to see which will get the pebble, that is, which will get to play first. At all other times the winner in the previous game gets to play first. The lots having been cast, a member of the lucky side, while he and his game ground are obscured from view with a blanket, puts the mystic* pebble in the bottom of one of the holes; or, in case mounds or ridges of earth are being used, buries it in the dirt beneath one of the linear lines. Then he carefully covers and smoothes everything all over so that the location of the pebble can not be detected at all. This being done, a * So called " mystic " because each set of players pray over their respective stick and pebble that they will have power to favor them in the game. 19— A. OF Science, '04. 290 member of the opposing clan with divining sticlv (a small club-like stick) in hand goes over to the other's game ground, so to spealv; and, after mak- ing six false motions with his stick while he argues and jokes with his opponents to see if lie can decide from tlieir actions where the valuable, pebble is, he strikes the hole or spot, in case a mound or ridge of earth is used, with vigorous force in which he has decided the stone is. Then there is a lull, a death silence, while he removes the leaves or earth, etc., to see if he has won. If the pebble is not in that place of deposit the players who occupy that ground have won the tally and immediately begin the song of triumph. Yah e yi, Yah e yi, Ain-nee ah, Ain-nee ah. Hay hay ah ha.v ah ah ah a. The player with the mystic stick goes back to his clan, and the hold- ers of the pebble hide it again. Then another one from the opposing side tries his luck in finding it; but usually with no better success. In this way the game continues for hours. At last a member of the losing side locates the mystic stone, and, amid tlie shouts and song of triumph of his clan, he takes it to his side of the great ellipse. The other side then begins to guess. This sort of performance is kept up till one side receives the number of tallies previously decided upon to constitute a game. That side consequently wins the game and sweeps in the stakes. I Rules for Playing the Game. 1. If in the preliminary or false motion movement the pebble is un- covered, it counts one tally for the side which has the pebble, that is, for the side which has buried it. 2. If the pebble is located at the linal stroke, not the preliminary strokes, of the mystic stick, it counts one tally for the side which has the stick, and that side takes the pebble to its own game tield. The other side then begins to guess. o. If the pebble is not located in the final stroke, nor the preliminary strokes of the mystic stick, it counts one tally for the side which has hid it. And that side retains it and hides it asrahi. 291 4. There is always one less false motion of the mystic stick than there are possible places for the pebble to be hid; for example, in case there are seven holes in any one of which the stone may be hid, six pre- liminary strokes of the mystic stick are always made. 5. There are always two tally keepers, one representing each oppos- ing party. At the beginning of the game each of these has a number of Map showing the various arrangements of the moccasin game tield of the dirt type, used in playing one game at the camp of Chief R6 the night of February 24, 1902. The broken lines indicate the false or preliminary motions. K shows lines where the pebble should be hid. S shows the final stroke. It is represented by a continuous line. In 1 and 11 the pebble was uncovered in the preliminary motion. In 3, 6, 8 and 10 it was passed over in the preliminary strokes, but not uncovered. In 2, 4, 5 and 7 the pebble was uncovered in the final stroke. And in 9 it was missed both in the preliminary and final strokes. 2, 4, 5 and 7 ai'e the only ones which counted points for the searchers for the pebble. In each of these four cases they got the pebble and took it to their own game field. 292 bear grass blades. '"Indian shoe strings.'" corresponding to tlie number of tallies decided upon to constitute the game. When a side loses, the tally keeper of that side gives a blade of gi'ass to his opponent tally keeper. "When all the "Indian shoe strings" have passed to the possession of any one side, that side has won the game. It is sun up by that time and all go home, one half paupers, the other half as rich as the Indian generally gets. Words used in the moccasin game: Ako. There (used when making a false motion as if to gralVthe ball). Don-dee. It is well. Kod-da. It is ready, the ball is hid. Tah-al. It is finished. Oa-kog-go. That is all. Ah-ko. Here, it is here. Doh. Play. Yah-lan-nee. Good-bye. you have lost, you are left, etc. Ken-not-tah-hah. The moccasin game (so called because originally the pebble was hid in a moccasin).* * Taken from the Apaches, their manners, customs, etc., furnished to the Bureau of American Ethnology by the writer. 293 The "Matachina" Dance. Albert B. Reagan. The "matacbiiui" is a peculiar religious ceremonial dauce of the Pueblo Indians of New Mexico. It is a religious rite performed in celebration of the birth of Christ. This dance was acted out at the annual feast of the patron saint, Guadalupe, at Canyon de los Jemez, New Mexico, November 12, 1901. After mass was given at the holy church of Saint Guadalupe, the dancers, some thirty in number, lined up in two rows with the chief of ceremonies at the front and between the rows. AU were masked. The chief of ceremonies wore a mask that resembled the head of a donkey very much; and each of the dancers wore a cloth mask. Each of them also Avore a circular cap from which there floated to the breeze variously colored ribbons. When all the performers were in their proper places, the chief of ceremonies began to writhe and to wriggh^ his body in a laborious man- ner. This performance was to indicate that with the birth of Christ a furious battle Avas waged againt sin. As soon as the chief began to per- form, the gaudily-attired dancers commenced to move their limbs in a lively manner to the strains of an accordian. They pranced about much in the same way that a baboon trips about in a cage. This spectacular and, at times, grotesque acting was kept up till the sun set. Then the simple-hearted Indians set out for their homes feeling that they had done their duty, that they had been forgiven for their transgressions and that thev would begin a new year with imsullied records. 2it4 The " Penitenties." Albert B. Reagan. At the conquest of New Mexico by the Spaniards, the Pueblo Indians were converted to Christianity. From the first they were very attentive to the teachings of the Catholic priest, but they could not grasp the new creed in its entirety. They were handicapped by the fact that they were not able to read or write. The Bible could not be used as an instrument for their instruction. They had to depend upon the words of the priest only. As a result Christianity, as practiced by the Pueblo Indians todaj-, is greatly "distorted." The "padres" taught penitence. The Pueblos began in easy stages, but soon corrupted the religion; and now many of the Iffldians undergo excruciating torture annually to atone for the sins of their respective village. In June of each year there are invariably a number of young Indian men who volunteer their flesh for the elevation of their people. In each village several are selected who lead a procession, composed of nearly every inhabitant of the village. One of these "penitenties," as the Mexicans call them, as late as even the eighties, carried a massive cross in representation of Christ's carrying the cross to the crucifixtion. This one seldom returned alive. In this performance of the "penitenties," the Indians who are not acting as "penitenties" arm themselves with cactus; and each in turn, pricks the "penitenties." The more cruel the nature of the tortiu-e, the more nearly have the people of the village been forgiven l)y the Supreme Being for their sins during the year. The flesh bruising part of the ceremony being finished, the suffering subjects, bleeding from head to foot, are carried back to the church, where prolonged and weird (ceremonies are conducted. This human offering is followed by the "Matachina Dance," described in a previous paper— a curious ceremony performed in celebration of the birth of Christ. 295 The Cliff Dwellers of Arizona. Albert B. Reagan. The cliff dwellers of Arizona were small of stature, the adult male not being- over tifty-two inches in height. Their skulls are brachj'cephalic (or broader across than lengthwise), like those of the Zunyis, Aztecs and Peruvians. Their skulls have also a little extra bone in the back part of the head, a peculiarity of the Incas, and known as the Inca bone. This bone seems to indicate a close relationship between this mysterious race in Arizona and the semi-civilized races of South America. The cliff dwellers lived in narrow canyons that afforded water for cooking and drinking purposes, and for irrigating their fields. At the sides of the canyons, under the projecting cliff, they built their adobe houses, so that the cliff protected them both from rain and storm, and from the attacks of an enemy, except at the front. Besides the cliff home that the cliff dwellers lived in in time of peace, they had caves, natural caves in the rocks, into which they retreated when hard pressed by an enemy. The lai'ge cliff cave on the East Fork of White River just east of Fort Apache is an example. At this place a continuous cave, composed of chiseled-out narrow passages, corridors and rooms, runs back along a Assure some 200 feet beneath the surface, it is said, for a distance of four and a half miles. In case the cliff dwellers could find no cave, they changed their place of habitation, in time of great danger, to the lofty heights above the canyon floor; and there Iniilt a village on some projecting ledge. Such a village stands out against the almost perpendicular walls of the Sierra Anches mountains more than a mile in altitude above the floor of Cherry Creek canyon below. Their dwellings, except of course the caves, were adobe structures. They were built under and against a cliff; and resembled the old Pueblo style of house very much. The second story was set back a little on the floor of the first; and the third story set back a little on the floor of the second; and so on till the "step-front like" house was finished. In each house there was but one door, a hole in the roof of the highest room. From the ground to the top of the first story, and from story to story lad- 296 ders extended, over which one had to climb to gain entrance to the house. In time of trouble and always at night these ladders were most likely carried to the roof and placed within. The house itself was a fortress. These dwellers of the cliffs were an agricultural race. They farmed in the little "flats" adjacent to their places of abode, as the remains of their irrigating ditches show, as Avell as their grain bins. Some of these grain bins were visited by the writer; and were found partly filled with corn cobs and barley heads, from which the barley kernels had been removed by vermin. The barley heads, thus found, seem to indicate that this people knew nothing of the art of threshing gi-ain even with a flail; but in harvesting it they headed it, and stored it away in the head. Then, when they desired to use any of the grain, they threshed it by a hand- rubbing process. In religion it can at best be stated that the cliff dwellers were sun worshipers, as is shown by the drawings on the vases and urns which they used in their exercises of worship. One of these vases, found by the writer in a Canyon Creek cliff house in Arizona, was jug shaped, except that it did not possess a neck. Around the circular opening at the top were drawn the rays of the sun in red and black. Many more of their vases have similar drawings on them. Further evidence con- cerning what their religion consisted of, !s thus far wanting. Who these cliff dwellers were, where they came from and what be- came of them, is a matter of conjecture; and will probably remain so. 297 The Rosebud Indian Celebration. Albert B. Reagan. The Rosebud Indians, like all othei' Indians, love to feast and make a great display. Feast days are their great days. At the present time but one feast is allowed them each year, that of the 4th of .Tuly. This year (1904) the Rosebud Sioux celebrated at two different places, at Cut Meat and at Butte Creek. The author attended the celebration at the latter place. Below are his observations: Medicine Lodge and War Bonnets. The morning of the 3d of July the Butte Creek Indians went into camp on the previously prepared celebration ground. This was a circular flat a mile in diameter with an artificial grove and circular arbor in its center. No building of any kind was on it. Nothing only a trader's 298 stand. Towards evening of that day other Indians began to arrive. A wagon train, carrying tlie United States fiag as a banner, was reported approaching from the sonth by the Butte Creelc Agency wagon road. At once the braves in war paint and feathers made a mimic raid on horse back upon the train, treating it as an immigrant train. Tlie would-be immigrants, on seeing the painted savages charging furiously towards Eating Puppy Soup. them from a slight rise of ground, hurriedly unhitclied their horses, put them and their families in the rear and made a breastworlv of their wagons. Then they waited the onslaught. This came almost imme- diately. Guns were fired in all directions, and the blood curdling war- whoop tilled the air. In fact it looked so much like a real battle that many of the Indian women wei'e scared. For some minutes the sham battle raged, then the wagon train surrendered. The wagons were again hitched to, and the train was taken into cam]) by the captors. Nothing further of interest happened till dawn the next morning. Then tlKM'c was an elaborate parade, followed by religious services con- 299 ducted by the Reverend Dallis Shaw (Indian). As these services were chising, a giving away scene commenced. Each Indian who desired walked to the center of a congregated circular area, told the people how good he was and exploited the good deeds of his ancestors. Then he walked around the circle handing dollar upon dollar to his friends or •'dishing" out groceries to them. This he varied in a few cases by leading The Parade. a horse into The circle and turning it loose to be taken by anyone who wished it. Breakfast followed this scene. It consisted, for the most part, of puppy soup and dog stew. It was eaten at the medicine lodge. After breakfast came the Indian brass band parade, then the Omaha Dance in the grove. In this dance several Indians chanted in the minor key, a squaw or two sang soprano, and an Indian beat the drum. The dancers were all men, were painted, daubed and decked with feathers. Each one wore a war-bonnet. And when dancing rach crowlidpiitHl aidund somcwiiat like a liaboon trips about in a cage. 300 While these were acting, the giving away performance, which always accompanies this dance, was going on. The principal things which were being given away were horses. A buxom young squaw would ride a horse into the center of the arbor, and whoever desired the horse would take its haltei'-rope and lead it away. This performance continued till the United States officials put a stop to it. The remainder of the day was spent in feasting. The remaining celebration exercises, consisting principally of horse racing and feasting, lasted throe more days. Then Uncle Sam's men de- clared the ceremonies at an end, and the Indians returned to their re- spective liomes. 301 Notes Upon Some Little Known Members of the Indiana Flora. (PAPER NUMBER TWO.) Chas. Piper Smith. A year ago I gave some notes from my studies in systematic botany, for the summer of 1003, in a paper under the above heading. Certain facts gleaned from my studies the past season, seem to justify me in offering a continuation of that paper. A review of Dr. Coulter's .cata- logue of the State flora and of all of the subsequent "Additions to the flora ," etc., in the Academy's "Proceedings." indicates that a tew of my recent takes are not reported from the State. Two or three are, however, imdoubtedly migrants, though evidently here to stay. Specimens verifying most of these records have been placed in the herbarium of Mr. Harley H. Bartlett. These are now with him at Har- vard University and have been critically examined and compared at the Gray Herbarium. Almost all are also represented in my collection of plant seeds. In accordance with Mr. Barl left's request, I include a few records which are strictly his own. In reality his name should appear with mine as joint author of this paper. Aft'na fatxa L. (Marion County. ) A half dozen specimens of this well-marked oat were found by Mr. Bartlett and myself along the "Monou," at the State Fair Grounds, Indianapolis, in July, 1903. About the same number of plants was noted there by myself in August, 1904. An introduction from Eu- rope, it is abundant in California and is not reported east of [Minnesota by Britton and Brown. "^ UiiioJa latifoUa Michx. (Madison County.) A small patch found along White River near Anderson. Jefferson County is the only station report by Dr. Coulter.f Bromiis tectonim L. ( Tippecanoe and Madison Counties. ) This grass has been recently admitted to the State flora. t It is abun- dant where foiind at Lafayette and Anderson. Bromus briza;fnrmi.'< Fisch. and Mey. (Laporte County.) Found commonly along the Michigan Central R. R. from near Michi- gan City. Indiana, to New Buffalo. Berrien County. Mich. Said 302 by Brittou and Brown to be "sparingly introduced into Pennsyl- vania; also from Montana to California. Native of Nortlieru Eu- rope and Asia." Carex foUiculata L. (Laporte County.) Common in a small tamaraclv swamp northeast of Michigan City. Carex intumescens Rudge was also taken in a wet wood south of :\Iichigan City, Carex monile Tuckerman. (Madison County.) Taken in a small bog along the Big Four Route, southwest of Ander- son. Reported only from Gibson County in State catalogue. Carex' trichorarpa Muhl. (Madison County.) An abundant rank-growing sedge in l)oggy places along White River, above and below Anderson. Carex hystn'cina Muhl. (Madison County.) Reported only from extreme northern counties. Taken in a low wet place south of Anderson. Noted as scarce. Carex aquatUis Wahl. (Laporte and Marion Counties.) Taken by Mr. Bartlett near Indianapolis: by myself south of Michi- gan City. Carex costellata Britton. (Laporte and Marion Counties.) Also taken near Indianapolis by Mr. Bartlett and near Michigan City by the writer. Carex lanuginosa Michx. (Madison and Delaware Counties.) Taken by me near both Anderson and Muncie. In the State catalogue Jefferson County is the only definite station given, but the species has been later reported from Kosciusko County l)y H. W. Clarlc.S and is probably well distributed over the State. Carex gracillima Schwein. (Madison County.) Taken near Alexandria. Not common. Carex Davisii Schwein. and Torr. (Marion County.) Taken l»y Mr. Bartlett at Indianapolis. Scarce. Steuben County seems to be the only other station on record. Carex grisea Wahl. (Marion County. ) Taken by H. H. Bartlett near Indianapolis in 1903. Carex mirahilis perlonga Fernald. (Madison and Delaware Counties.) Taken near Anderson and Muncie by the writer. Carex alata ferruginea Fernald. (Marion County. ) Taken near Indianapolis by Mr. Bartlell. 303 Juncoides campestre hulbosa Wood. (Marion County.) Taken by Mr. Bartlett near Indianapolis. Lilium umbeUatum Pursh. (Starke County. ) Taken by me in "swampy meadows. ' This plant is reported in two different places in the Academy's Proceedings for 1901 (pp. 164 and 301). I note it here because of the environment in which I found it. Atriplex patula L. (Marion County. ) Very common in waste places in Indianapolis, especially along Cen- tral Avenue. Recognized in lOOo and omitted from my last paper through mistake. Reported from Steuben County by Bradner; but omitted from the State catalogue (see p. GOT of same) because of lack of verifying material. Atriplex hastata L. (Madison County.) Taken at Anderson. First reported from Wells County by C. C. Deam. Tragopogon pratensis L. (Madison County.) Common along the C, C. C. tfc St. L., near the Quartz Works, Ander- son. Taken both in bloom and in fi'uit. Antennaria fallax Greene. (Marion County.) Taken by Mr. Bartlett at Indianapolis, river-Ijluffs opposite Fairview Park. Mr. Bartlett's work at the Gray Herbarium has led us to change our view concerning one of my records of 1903. An annotation in the herb- arium copy of Britton & Brown's •'Illustrated Flora," to the effect that the characters and figuring of Care.r BaUeijl Britton do not hold good as regards the material in the herbarium, led Mr. Bartlett to compare the specimens, determined by us as Baileyi, with the herbarium material. As our specimens agree with the typical CUtrex liirhla Walil. (of which Baileyi is there regarded as a sub-species), in spite of Britton's key. etc., I feel it advisable to cancel mv records of Carex Bailevi. ''■' Illustrated Flora of tlie Northern States and Canada: I, 173. t Flowering Plants and Ferns of Indiana, State Geol. Report: 1899, 643. + Additions to the Flora of Indiana: Proc. Ind. Acad. Sci.; 1900, 137. ? Flora of Eagle Lake and Vicinity; Proc. Ind. Acad. Sci.: 1901, 162. 505 Physiological Apparatus. Frank Marion Andrews. Introduction. It is frequently the ease that nuich of the apparatus required to carry on work properly in Plant Physiology is so expensive that for any one laboratory to possess all that is needed is quite out of the question. This has led me to plan and have constructed a few very desirable pieces, concerning which this paper makes mention. I am aware of the fact that no lack of contrivances have been njade to illustrate some of the principles here set forth. However, for simplicity of construction and perfect adai>tation to the purposes for which they were intended, they will certainly be found superior in many ways and useful by any one inter- ested or engaged in physiological work where such apparatus would be involved. It has therefore occurred to me to describe the various pieces of apparatus as concisely as possible and present them, together with the illustrations, in the following brief account: I. Heating Stage for the Microscope. This piece of apparatus consists of a rectangular sheet of copper, 60 em. long, 8 cm. wide and 2 mm. thick. Figure 1 shows a view of the lower side. It will be seen from this view that the copper does not rest directly on the stage of the microscope but is held away from it a dis- tance of 1 cm. This is accomplished by a strong frame of wood B, Fig. 1. 7 cm. square and 8 mm. in height. Between the wood and the copper, as an extra preventive against the conduction of heat in long continued experiments, a layer of asbestos 2 mm. thick is intei'posed at C. The 20— A. OF Science, '04. fraiiu' ol' W(!oil niul aslu'stos is I'asteiitd liinily to ihc coiipcr A liy ropper screws, whifli. liowovor, must not reach tln'oiiuh the wood B. In the center of (he woud and asliestos scinarcs is a circ iilar opriunu- 1), 12 mm. in diameter, to allow the li.iiht retleeted throngh the sta,u"e of the microscope to pass thron.uh the slide. Throntih the side of the wood frame away from the pillar of the luicroscoiu'. as the lu;ilin.i:' sl;;u',' lies in the proiuT posi- tion on the stage of the mieroseope for observation, are two holes for centigrade thermometers. E and K'. The tt'mperatnre at E may be a little less than at E'. and if this is the eas(>. then an average of the tem- peratnres shown by tlM> thermometers ai E and E' shonld lie reckoned. It shonld be aseeriained before tlie exp riment that the two thermom- eters read the same at the same temiieratnre. As they i)ro.iect directl}' in front riglit as wonld necessarily be tlie ca.so with the th.ermometers on the side shown in I'lgiwe 1. another ari;;iig( nient was resorted to. On the side of the wood frame opposite E and E' are two similar lioles for thernu)meters. F and F\ which allows observation while the copper plate of the luxating stage is tnrnei! to the left or the reverse position to the one in whii-h E and E' eoidd be nsed. It will lie seen from the lower view of the heating stage shown in Fignre 1 that the bnlbs of the ther- uutmeters rest against the copper plate inside the asbestos square C, and in this way the heat is readily conveyed to them. One thermometer only might be nstnl. but tlu> nse of two is more aci-urate and therefore advisa- bl(>. A third position for the heating st.igc is possil)le and for various reasons smnetimes advisable, in which tlie copper plate A is directed away from the oliscrxiM- instead of fnnii the left ov right. Or it may be tnnied aboet on the stage of the microscope throngh an angle of some- what more than lSi»"" and still be capabl(> of perfect nse at every point. It is held to the stage of the microscope by means of iron elamps. the niiper screw of which is provided on its lower end with a small wooden block covered with aslustos. This is nei-<'ssary since a careless disjegard or misnse of snbtancts that are not \iv.ov conductors of heat may readily result in injury to the mit-roscopi'. Heat may be supplied by a gas or alcohol lamp or other source placed undei- A at (! and the thime increased or moved toward C as is desired. ;u)7 II. Te.mpkratuke Box. Tliis triii]ici-;itui'c lio.\ is iiiiidc of jiiih'juiizi'd iidii. It is li.'i cm. long, 9 cm. -wide ami :! cm. (Icc|). all inside moasuics. It is licld Id tlic stage of tlic inicr()sc(»i)(' ])y means ol' a cnrxcd ii'oii clamp lidolscd ovi'i' llie edge of the l)o.\ at A. Near the lower siiU; Ji is a rectangular slit 4 cm. wide and 4 mm. high, extending entirely across the box for the reception of a slide carrying the object for observation. P>y noticing Fig. 2 it will be 1 !, Kiir. 2. seen thai tlie slil. P., is elevated ahont L' mm. alioxc the bottom of tlie l)OX as at C, tints allowing the liol or I'old water used to flow undi-r and all around the space occupied by the slide I'.y this means the temperature may be increased or decreased as desired, in 1'. to the most jterfect state of efficiency possible in sncii a simi»le contrivance. At 1) is a cylindrical tube 3 cm. high and L'..') < ni. in diameter for tlie rece])tion of tlie oli.jeetive. In Fig. 2 both the tube D anil the side of the box toward the oliserver are cut jiartly away to sliow tlie interior. The loj) is jirovided with a lid. By means of a projier mixture of salt and ice it is possible to reduce the temperature In the slit B, as shown by the thermometers kept con- stantly in the si)aces E and E\ to zero centigrade or below. If, iiowever, a high iemperature is desired, this may be a<-coni])lished by jilacing a flame under the end of the bo.x 1" which projeels over the stage of the microscojie. Or one may arrange a vessel, somewhat higher than the box on the stage of the microscope, and by jilacing a lani]) under this vessel, which is nearly tilled with water, easily heat it to any desired temperature as shown by a thermometer. This heated water could then be sii)hone(l into the box A and out again, and in this way the desired temperature In !', obtained. The iiillow and outllow to A can easily be regulated and made uniform by opi'iiing or closing pinch-cocks fastened on the rubb;'!- tube. Injury to the microscoi)e is jirevented by ;i sheet of asbestos placed on the stage. This temi)erature box can be turned either to the right or left or turned and used in any angle of 18()° or less. 308 in. Centrifuge. This consist.s of a wooden frame GO cm. long, 55 cm. wide, and vary- ing in height from 30 cm. at the lowest point at A to 60 cm. at B. Fig. 3 gives a view of the apparatus as seen in vertical median longitudinal Fis. 3. section. This apparatus in part resembles the centrifuge figured by Det- mer, but is larger and possesses many improvements over his apparatus (Detmer Pflanzenphysiologie Zweite Auflage, 1895, p. 384). The machinery consists of a brass shaft 70 cm. long, in two sections C and D, which at E may be connected or disconnected by tightening or loosening the clamp E'' by screws F F'. In this way part or all of the machinery may be run at one time, which is often desirable. The ends of the shaft are held by a support G near E, and on D is a cone-pulley H by means of Avhich it may be driven by other power if so desired, or from which power may be taken for otlier purposes if tlie cone-pulley I on C is in use. On the end of the shaft D is a bevel-gear arrangement so that motion is trans- mitted at right angles to D in the shaft in J which carries the disk L. By exchanging the position of M and N a faster motion of L may be ob- tained, with no increase in the speed of D. Again by using a still larger cog at N and a smaller cog at M, any speed desired may be had. By a vice versa arrangement of cogs a very slow rotation of L is effected. It is of course to be understood that by varying the size of the cogs M 3oa anil \, the distance of .) from N nmst also vary in two obvious directions. This is done by the screw O (Figs. 3 and 4), which holds the support of the shaft carryini;- L. The shaft carrying the disk is enclosed for the sake of tirnmess in a sheath J. It is fastened to a disk of iron P. (Figs. 3 and 4), and this is held to the wooden disk of pine L, which is 20 ciu. in diameter and 2 cm. thick, by means of screws. Larger disks of wood can. by means of these screws, be substituted for L and therefore the centrifugal force consideral)ly increased aside from the ways of increas- ing the speed l)y the cone-pulley and b ?vel-gear arrangement above re- ferred to. The centrifugal force brought to bear on the objects under investigation may also be increased I)y being placed near the periphery of the disk L, or decreased by moving them nearer the center of L. Tlie disk of wood must in all cases be first boiled thorotighly in paraffine to pre- vent swelling. The disk of Avood L is covered by a circular sheet of cork. Q. This serves for the attachment of seedlings and plant parts to be centrifuged, and to it also are fastened several layers of wet filter paper for keeping the seeds luoist. A glass crystallizing disk R, which will exactly fit L, is placed over it and darkened by being painted thickly on the inside with black paint. R is held to L by clamps. In order to water the seedlings when the machine is rtui for a long time, a hole is l)0i'ed exactly in the center of the crystallizing disk R as at S, and even while the disk is revolving water may lie forced in against the filter paper on the sheet of cork Q. and in this way l)e carried by absorption to all the seeds on the disk Q. Fig. 3 shows the disk ready to rotate in a hori- zontal direction. Fig. 4 shoAvs the end view of the frame at A and Fitr. 4. indicates how the disk may be rotated not only horizontally but vertically as well, or at any angle between the two by changing the position of the shaft in J by loosening and moving the clamp at T. This machine is also strong enough to carry any small flower pots with growing seedlings, 310 at any an.tilt' niul at rapid speeds hy using clamps to hold them in posi- tion. As stated by Detmer, seedlings of the proper size when fastened on Q and rotated rapidly curve outwards. I have noticed a curving against the direction of motion in seedlings subjected liy a stronger centrifugal machine than this exerting 4,40U gravities. At U (Fig. 3) is another similarly arranged dislv in case it is desired to run two at once at different angles. Here, however, the power is trans- mitted by a belt and cone pulleys, by means of which different speeds may be obtained. U may also be inclined at an" angle by loosening or tightening V. At X, X' and Y the shaft is supported in journals. At W is a water wheel 50 cm. in diameter, and by using a very strong stream of water Z, a very high speed and ample power for the experiments here mentioned may be developed. Naturally the speed and power can be easily controlled by the force of the stream of water. By means of the cone-pulleys the machine may be driven by motor or other power. IV. Apparatus for Growing Plants in Different Colored Lights. This consists of a wooden box made perfectly tight to prevent the light from entering except at H, Fig. G. It is 40 cm. long, 25 cm. wide and 25 cm. deep. Of course it is often advisable to use larger sizes of boxes, l)ut the one here mentioned will serve as an illustration. The inside of the Ijox is painted black and is provided with a base for holding Fiff. 5. flower pots in any position. Each side of the box is provided with a door A. Fig. 5, which by means of the clamps B and B'^ may be removed so that the plant inside may be adjusted in the desired position, as regards the light entering at C or D, and measurements taken. The ends of the box are in the form of caps E (Fig. 5) which lap over the end at F so tightly that no light can enter. Fig. (! shows an end view of one of the caps E. In tliis figure there will he noticed a circular opening H. 15 cm. in diameter in the 311 center of the cap. Around H is a three-sided wooden frame I, on whose inner e/////// ,. /////M //^///.■/■M. ///:^/m/////////////////^j. '///////y////////A^//,^.^.. ////^//. Fig. 8. by means of the galvanizi'd iron franie which supports it. The V-shaped top G is also composed of galvanized iron. This apparatus will show the intensity of light from 2 to 90 Hefner meter units. When it is desired to test the intensity of light between two and ninety Hefner units, draw the pointer D, opposite which inside the box the Hefner-Altneck amyl- acetate lamp is placed, by the string L towards the filter paper mem- brane. When the circular spot of paraffine on the filter paper almost dis- appears, then the light cast on the filter paper screen by the amyl-acetate lamp, and that in the room for example outside are equal. Noticing now the position of the pointer D, we notice that it points to or near some figure on the outside of the box. The number it points to indicates the intensity of liglit in Hefner meter units. 313 VI. Rheostat. This piece of apparatus (Fig. 9) is 35 cm. long, 30 cm. high, and 15 cm. wide. It has a wooden frame A. over which the wire B is tightly stretched, the two sides being connected by the wire Q. The voltage, which, as here used, was a constant one, enters at M through the binding posts E W, and from this it passes through the wire B in the direction indicated by the arrow. The wire used was iron number 20 and in all 100 meters Fig. 9. were used in making this machine to obtain if needed a high resistance so that by means of shunting any strength of current may be obtained. If an insulated wire F is connected with one post on an electric slide as at G, and the other post of this electric slide is joined to another insulated wire I, about the center of which is interpolated a milli-ampere meter J; then by shunting with the free end K of the wire I to the non-insulated wires B, an electric current if sufficiently strong will pass through a specimen laid on the slide at L under the microscope P. If at first the current at B is not strong enough, the free end of the wire K can be moved from B in the direction of the an-ow till a current of the desired strength is ob- tained. The strength of the current will be registered by the meter J. In the experiment I tried, with 110 volts entering at E E^, a current of .7 of a milli-ampere was sufficient to cause the movement in the protoplasm In Elodea cells to cease. It began again in 20 minutes. The lamps Fig. 10. 314 may be usetl in the circuit in series to increase the resistance. Fig. 10 gives a view of a median vertical longitudinal section of the slide. It con- sists simply of a thick glass slide A, on which is a heavy layer of tin-foil B B\ and on this a plate of copper C C\ through which the binding posts G and H are screwed. This not only fastens B B^ and 0 C together, but fastens them to the glass slide A. The specimen is laid at L with its ends touching the ends of the tin-foil B B\ on which the cover glass rests at 00\ INDEX. ADDITIONS TO THE FLORA OF MAK- lON COUNTY, 2-23. Additions to the Indiana flora, 219. Additions to the list of gall-producing in- gects, 225. All Saints Day at Jemez, N. M., 287. Ainphispores of the grass and sedge rusts, 64. Andrews, F. M.,305. Annual meeting. Program of the, 28. Annual meeting, The twentieth, 32. Apache medicine ceremonies, The, 275. Apache medicine game, The, 285. Apparatus, Physiological, 305. Arthur, J. C, 64,212. BIRDS OF INDIANA UNIVERSITY CAMPUS, ECOLOGICAL NOTES, 65. Birds, their nests and eggs. An act for the protection of, 7. By-laws, 15. CALCULUS, NEWTONIAN IDEA OF THE, 237. Cliff dwellers of Arizona, The, 295. Committees, 1904-1905, 10. Constitution, 13. Contents, Table of, 4. Cook, M.T., 225. Correspondents, List of foreign, 22. Coulter, Stanley, 51,207. Cuscuta Americana L., 207. DEAM, C. C, 219. Deformation of surfaces. Conditions for the, 241. Delta of the Mississippi River, Notes on the, 47. Douglass, B.W., 223. Dust, Cause and effect of city, 33. ECOLOGICAL NOTES ON THE BIRDS OF INDIANA UNIVERSITY, ETC., 65. Electro-magnetic induction in conductors, etc., 203. Elrod, M.N.,213. Esker in Tippecanoe County, An, 45. Evans. C. A., 203. FLORA, ADDITIONS TO THE INDI- ANA, 219. Flora, Notes upon some little known mem- bers, etc., 301. Flora of Marion County, Additions to the, 223. Foley, A. L., 203, 206. Fungi, On the nomenclature of, 212. GALL-PRODUCING INSECTS, ADDI- TIONS TO THE LIST OF, 225. Golden, Katherine E., 227. HASEMAN. J. H., 206. Baseman, W. P., 255. Hathaway, A. S., 237. Hessler, Robert, 33. INTERFERENCE FRINGES ABOUT THE PATH OF AN ELECTRIC, ETC., 206. JOLLY BALANCE, SOME EXPERI- MENTS WITH THE, 233. McATEE, W. L., 65. McBeth.Wm. A.,45, 47. McMullen,L.B.,233. Matachina dance. The, 293. Meeting of 1904, The spring, 32. Meeting, Program of the annual, 28. Meeting, The twentieth annual, 32. Members, 16. Memorial, 12. Moccasin game. The, 289. NEWTONIAN IDEA OF THE CALCU- LUS, THE, 237. Nomenclature of funsi. On the, 212. N-rays, An investigation of, 256. —315- 316 OFFICERS, 190M905, 9, 11, PAPERS TO BE READ, LIST OF, 29. Penitenties,'! he, 294. Physiological apparatus, 305. Poisonous plants of Indiana, The, 51. Pollination of campanula, 213. Publication of reports and papers. An act to provide for, 5. RAMSEY, R. R., 255. Reagan, A. B., 275, 285,287,289,293,294,295, 297. Rosebud Indian celebration, The, 297. Rusts. Amphiapores of the grass and sedge, 64. SMITH, BURKE, 241. Smith, C. P., 301. TYLOSES IN BROSIMUM AUBLETII,227. WALDO, C. A., 245. Warped surfaces, A family of, 245. ! IIIIIIIIIIIIH 3 2044 106 261 993 Date Due